mirror of
https://github.com/rclone/rclone.git
synced 2024-12-03 22:12:02 +01:00
6427029c4e
* Update all dependencies * Remove all `[[constraint]]` from Gopkg.toml * Add in the minimum number of `[[override]]` to build * Remove go get of github.com/inconshreveable/mousetrap as it is vendored * Update docs with new policy on constraints
9712 lines
338 KiB
Go
9712 lines
338 KiB
Go
// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT.
|
||
|
||
package mturk
|
||
|
||
import (
|
||
"fmt"
|
||
"time"
|
||
|
||
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
|
||
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil"
|
||
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
|
||
)
|
||
|
||
const opAcceptQualificationRequest = "AcceptQualificationRequest"
|
||
|
||
// AcceptQualificationRequestRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the AcceptQualificationRequest operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfuly.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See AcceptQualificationRequest for more information on using the AcceptQualificationRequest
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the AcceptQualificationRequestRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.AcceptQualificationRequestRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/AcceptQualificationRequest
|
||
func (c *MTurk) AcceptQualificationRequestRequest(input *AcceptQualificationRequestInput) (req *request.Request, output *AcceptQualificationRequestOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opAcceptQualificationRequest,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &AcceptQualificationRequestInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &AcceptQualificationRequestOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// AcceptQualificationRequest API operation for Amazon Mechanical Turk.
|
||
//
|
||
// The AcceptQualificationRequest operation approves a Worker's request for
|
||
// a Qualification.
|
||
//
|
||
// Only the owner of the Qualification type can grant a Qualification request
|
||
// for that type.
|
||
//
|
||
// A successful request for the AcceptQualificationRequest operation returns
|
||
// with no errors and an empty body.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Mechanical Turk's
|
||
// API operation AcceptQualificationRequest for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceFault "ServiceFault"
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk is temporarily unable to process your request. Try
|
||
// your call again.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeRequestError "RequestError"
|
||
// Your request is invalid.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/AcceptQualificationRequest
|
||
func (c *MTurk) AcceptQualificationRequest(input *AcceptQualificationRequestInput) (*AcceptQualificationRequestOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.AcceptQualificationRequestRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// AcceptQualificationRequestWithContext is the same as AcceptQualificationRequest with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See AcceptQualificationRequest for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *MTurk) AcceptQualificationRequestWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AcceptQualificationRequestInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AcceptQualificationRequestOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.AcceptQualificationRequestRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opApproveAssignment = "ApproveAssignment"
|
||
|
||
// ApproveAssignmentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the ApproveAssignment operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfuly.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ApproveAssignment for more information on using the ApproveAssignment
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the ApproveAssignmentRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.ApproveAssignmentRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/ApproveAssignment
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ApproveAssignmentRequest(input *ApproveAssignmentInput) (req *request.Request, output *ApproveAssignmentOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opApproveAssignment,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &ApproveAssignmentInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &ApproveAssignmentOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ApproveAssignment API operation for Amazon Mechanical Turk.
|
||
//
|
||
// The ApproveAssignment operation approves the results of a completed assignment.
|
||
//
|
||
// Approving an assignment initiates two payments from the Requester's Amazon.com
|
||
// account
|
||
//
|
||
// * The Worker who submitted the results is paid the reward specified in
|
||
// the HIT.
|
||
//
|
||
// * Amazon Mechanical Turk fees are debited.
|
||
//
|
||
// If the Requester's account does not have adequate funds for these payments,
|
||
// the call to ApproveAssignment returns an exception, and the approval is not
|
||
// processed. You can include an optional feedback message with the approval,
|
||
// which the Worker can see in the Status section of the web site.
|
||
//
|
||
// You can also call this operation for assignments that were previous rejected
|
||
// and approve them by explicitly overriding the previous rejection. This only
|
||
// works on rejected assignments that were submitted within the previous 30
|
||
// days and only if the assignment's related HIT has not been deleted.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Mechanical Turk's
|
||
// API operation ApproveAssignment for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceFault "ServiceFault"
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk is temporarily unable to process your request. Try
|
||
// your call again.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeRequestError "RequestError"
|
||
// Your request is invalid.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/ApproveAssignment
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ApproveAssignment(input *ApproveAssignmentInput) (*ApproveAssignmentOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.ApproveAssignmentRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ApproveAssignmentWithContext is the same as ApproveAssignment with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ApproveAssignment for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ApproveAssignmentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ApproveAssignmentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ApproveAssignmentOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.ApproveAssignmentRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opAssociateQualificationWithWorker = "AssociateQualificationWithWorker"
|
||
|
||
// AssociateQualificationWithWorkerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the AssociateQualificationWithWorker operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfuly.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See AssociateQualificationWithWorker for more information on using the AssociateQualificationWithWorker
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the AssociateQualificationWithWorkerRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.AssociateQualificationWithWorkerRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/AssociateQualificationWithWorker
|
||
func (c *MTurk) AssociateQualificationWithWorkerRequest(input *AssociateQualificationWithWorkerInput) (req *request.Request, output *AssociateQualificationWithWorkerOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opAssociateQualificationWithWorker,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &AssociateQualificationWithWorkerInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &AssociateQualificationWithWorkerOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// AssociateQualificationWithWorker API operation for Amazon Mechanical Turk.
|
||
//
|
||
// The AssociateQualificationWithWorker operation gives a Worker a Qualification.
|
||
// AssociateQualificationWithWorker does not require that the Worker submit
|
||
// a Qualification request. It gives the Qualification directly to the Worker.
|
||
//
|
||
// You can only assign a Qualification of a Qualification type that you created
|
||
// (using the CreateQualificationType operation).
|
||
//
|
||
// Note: AssociateQualificationWithWorker does not affect any pending Qualification
|
||
// requests for the Qualification by the Worker. If you assign a Qualification
|
||
// to a Worker, then later grant a Qualification request made by the Worker,
|
||
// the granting of the request may modify the Qualification score. To resolve
|
||
// a pending Qualification request without affecting the Qualification the Worker
|
||
// already has, reject the request with the RejectQualificationRequest operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Mechanical Turk's
|
||
// API operation AssociateQualificationWithWorker for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceFault "ServiceFault"
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk is temporarily unable to process your request. Try
|
||
// your call again.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeRequestError "RequestError"
|
||
// Your request is invalid.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/AssociateQualificationWithWorker
|
||
func (c *MTurk) AssociateQualificationWithWorker(input *AssociateQualificationWithWorkerInput) (*AssociateQualificationWithWorkerOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.AssociateQualificationWithWorkerRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// AssociateQualificationWithWorkerWithContext is the same as AssociateQualificationWithWorker with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See AssociateQualificationWithWorker for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *MTurk) AssociateQualificationWithWorkerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AssociateQualificationWithWorkerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AssociateQualificationWithWorkerOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.AssociateQualificationWithWorkerRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opCreateAdditionalAssignmentsForHIT = "CreateAdditionalAssignmentsForHIT"
|
||
|
||
// CreateAdditionalAssignmentsForHITRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the CreateAdditionalAssignmentsForHIT operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfuly.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See CreateAdditionalAssignmentsForHIT for more information on using the CreateAdditionalAssignmentsForHIT
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the CreateAdditionalAssignmentsForHITRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.CreateAdditionalAssignmentsForHITRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/CreateAdditionalAssignmentsForHIT
|
||
func (c *MTurk) CreateAdditionalAssignmentsForHITRequest(input *CreateAdditionalAssignmentsForHITInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateAdditionalAssignmentsForHITOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opCreateAdditionalAssignmentsForHIT,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &CreateAdditionalAssignmentsForHITInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &CreateAdditionalAssignmentsForHITOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// CreateAdditionalAssignmentsForHIT API operation for Amazon Mechanical Turk.
|
||
//
|
||
// The CreateAdditionalAssignmentsForHIT operation increases the maximum number
|
||
// of assignments of an existing HIT.
|
||
//
|
||
// To extend the maximum number of assignments, specify the number of additional
|
||
// assignments.
|
||
//
|
||
// HITs created with fewer than 10 assignments cannot be extended to have 10
|
||
// or more assignments. Attempting to add assignments in a way that brings the
|
||
// total number of assignments for a HIT from fewer than 10 assignments to 10
|
||
// or more assignments will result in an AWS.MechanicalTurk.InvalidMaximumAssignmentsIncrease
|
||
// exception.
|
||
//
|
||
// HITs that were created before July 22, 2015 cannot be extended. Attempting
|
||
// to extend HITs that were created before July 22, 2015 will result in an AWS.MechanicalTurk.HITTooOldForExtension
|
||
// exception.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Mechanical Turk's
|
||
// API operation CreateAdditionalAssignmentsForHIT for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceFault "ServiceFault"
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk is temporarily unable to process your request. Try
|
||
// your call again.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeRequestError "RequestError"
|
||
// Your request is invalid.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/CreateAdditionalAssignmentsForHIT
|
||
func (c *MTurk) CreateAdditionalAssignmentsForHIT(input *CreateAdditionalAssignmentsForHITInput) (*CreateAdditionalAssignmentsForHITOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.CreateAdditionalAssignmentsForHITRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// CreateAdditionalAssignmentsForHITWithContext is the same as CreateAdditionalAssignmentsForHIT with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See CreateAdditionalAssignmentsForHIT for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *MTurk) CreateAdditionalAssignmentsForHITWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateAdditionalAssignmentsForHITInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateAdditionalAssignmentsForHITOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.CreateAdditionalAssignmentsForHITRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opCreateHIT = "CreateHIT"
|
||
|
||
// CreateHITRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the CreateHIT operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfuly.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See CreateHIT for more information on using the CreateHIT
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the CreateHITRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.CreateHITRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/CreateHIT
|
||
func (c *MTurk) CreateHITRequest(input *CreateHITInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateHITOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opCreateHIT,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &CreateHITInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &CreateHITOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// CreateHIT API operation for Amazon Mechanical Turk.
|
||
//
|
||
// The CreateHIT operation creates a new Human Intelligence Task (HIT). The
|
||
// new HIT is made available for Workers to find and accept on the Amazon Mechanical
|
||
// Turk website.
|
||
//
|
||
// This operation allows you to specify a new HIT by passing in values for the
|
||
// properties of the HIT, such as its title, reward amount and number of assignments.
|
||
// When you pass these values to CreateHIT, a new HIT is created for you, with
|
||
// a new HITTypeID. The HITTypeID can be used to create additional HITs in the
|
||
// future without needing to specify common parameters such as the title, description
|
||
// and reward amount each time.
|
||
//
|
||
// An alternative way to create HITs is to first generate a HITTypeID using
|
||
// the CreateHITType operation and then call the CreateHITWithHITType operation.
|
||
// This is the recommended best practice for Requesters who are creating large
|
||
// numbers of HITs.
|
||
//
|
||
// CreateHIT also supports several ways to provide question data: by providing
|
||
// a value for the Question parameter that fully specifies the contents of the
|
||
// HIT, or by providing a HitLayoutId and associated HitLayoutParameters.
|
||
//
|
||
// If a HIT is created with 10 or more maximum assignments, there is an additional
|
||
// fee. For more information, see Amazon Mechanical Turk Pricing (https://requester.mturk.com/pricing).
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Mechanical Turk's
|
||
// API operation CreateHIT for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceFault "ServiceFault"
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk is temporarily unable to process your request. Try
|
||
// your call again.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeRequestError "RequestError"
|
||
// Your request is invalid.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/CreateHIT
|
||
func (c *MTurk) CreateHIT(input *CreateHITInput) (*CreateHITOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.CreateHITRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// CreateHITWithContext is the same as CreateHIT with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See CreateHIT for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *MTurk) CreateHITWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateHITInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateHITOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.CreateHITRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opCreateHITType = "CreateHITType"
|
||
|
||
// CreateHITTypeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the CreateHITType operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfuly.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See CreateHITType for more information on using the CreateHITType
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the CreateHITTypeRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.CreateHITTypeRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/CreateHITType
|
||
func (c *MTurk) CreateHITTypeRequest(input *CreateHITTypeInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateHITTypeOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opCreateHITType,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &CreateHITTypeInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &CreateHITTypeOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// CreateHITType API operation for Amazon Mechanical Turk.
|
||
//
|
||
// The CreateHITType operation creates a new HIT type. This operation allows
|
||
// you to define a standard set of HIT properties to use when creating HITs.
|
||
// If you register a HIT type with values that match an existing HIT type, the
|
||
// HIT type ID of the existing type will be returned.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Mechanical Turk's
|
||
// API operation CreateHITType for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceFault "ServiceFault"
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk is temporarily unable to process your request. Try
|
||
// your call again.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeRequestError "RequestError"
|
||
// Your request is invalid.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/CreateHITType
|
||
func (c *MTurk) CreateHITType(input *CreateHITTypeInput) (*CreateHITTypeOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.CreateHITTypeRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// CreateHITTypeWithContext is the same as CreateHITType with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See CreateHITType for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *MTurk) CreateHITTypeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateHITTypeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateHITTypeOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.CreateHITTypeRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opCreateHITWithHITType = "CreateHITWithHITType"
|
||
|
||
// CreateHITWithHITTypeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the CreateHITWithHITType operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfuly.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See CreateHITWithHITType for more information on using the CreateHITWithHITType
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the CreateHITWithHITTypeRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.CreateHITWithHITTypeRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/CreateHITWithHITType
|
||
func (c *MTurk) CreateHITWithHITTypeRequest(input *CreateHITWithHITTypeInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateHITWithHITTypeOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opCreateHITWithHITType,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &CreateHITWithHITTypeInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &CreateHITWithHITTypeOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// CreateHITWithHITType API operation for Amazon Mechanical Turk.
|
||
//
|
||
// The CreateHITWithHITType operation creates a new Human Intelligence Task
|
||
// (HIT) using an existing HITTypeID generated by the CreateHITType operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// This is an alternative way to create HITs from the CreateHIT operation. This
|
||
// is the recommended best practice for Requesters who are creating large numbers
|
||
// of HITs.
|
||
//
|
||
// CreateHITWithHITType also supports several ways to provide question data:
|
||
// by providing a value for the Question parameter that fully specifies the
|
||
// contents of the HIT, or by providing a HitLayoutId and associated HitLayoutParameters.
|
||
//
|
||
// If a HIT is created with 10 or more maximum assignments, there is an additional
|
||
// fee. For more information, see Amazon Mechanical Turk Pricing (https://requester.mturk.com/pricing).
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Mechanical Turk's
|
||
// API operation CreateHITWithHITType for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceFault "ServiceFault"
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk is temporarily unable to process your request. Try
|
||
// your call again.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeRequestError "RequestError"
|
||
// Your request is invalid.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/CreateHITWithHITType
|
||
func (c *MTurk) CreateHITWithHITType(input *CreateHITWithHITTypeInput) (*CreateHITWithHITTypeOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.CreateHITWithHITTypeRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// CreateHITWithHITTypeWithContext is the same as CreateHITWithHITType with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See CreateHITWithHITType for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *MTurk) CreateHITWithHITTypeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateHITWithHITTypeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateHITWithHITTypeOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.CreateHITWithHITTypeRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opCreateQualificationType = "CreateQualificationType"
|
||
|
||
// CreateQualificationTypeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the CreateQualificationType operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfuly.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See CreateQualificationType for more information on using the CreateQualificationType
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the CreateQualificationTypeRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.CreateQualificationTypeRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/CreateQualificationType
|
||
func (c *MTurk) CreateQualificationTypeRequest(input *CreateQualificationTypeInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateQualificationTypeOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opCreateQualificationType,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &CreateQualificationTypeInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &CreateQualificationTypeOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// CreateQualificationType API operation for Amazon Mechanical Turk.
|
||
//
|
||
// The CreateQualificationType operation creates a new Qualification type, which
|
||
// is represented by a QualificationType data structure.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Mechanical Turk's
|
||
// API operation CreateQualificationType for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceFault "ServiceFault"
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk is temporarily unable to process your request. Try
|
||
// your call again.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeRequestError "RequestError"
|
||
// Your request is invalid.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/CreateQualificationType
|
||
func (c *MTurk) CreateQualificationType(input *CreateQualificationTypeInput) (*CreateQualificationTypeOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.CreateQualificationTypeRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// CreateQualificationTypeWithContext is the same as CreateQualificationType with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See CreateQualificationType for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *MTurk) CreateQualificationTypeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateQualificationTypeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateQualificationTypeOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.CreateQualificationTypeRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opCreateWorkerBlock = "CreateWorkerBlock"
|
||
|
||
// CreateWorkerBlockRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the CreateWorkerBlock operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfuly.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See CreateWorkerBlock for more information on using the CreateWorkerBlock
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the CreateWorkerBlockRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.CreateWorkerBlockRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/CreateWorkerBlock
|
||
func (c *MTurk) CreateWorkerBlockRequest(input *CreateWorkerBlockInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateWorkerBlockOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opCreateWorkerBlock,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &CreateWorkerBlockInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &CreateWorkerBlockOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// CreateWorkerBlock API operation for Amazon Mechanical Turk.
|
||
//
|
||
// The CreateWorkerBlock operation allows you to prevent a Worker from working
|
||
// on your HITs. For example, you can block a Worker who is producing poor quality
|
||
// work. You can block up to 100,000 Workers.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Mechanical Turk's
|
||
// API operation CreateWorkerBlock for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceFault "ServiceFault"
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk is temporarily unable to process your request. Try
|
||
// your call again.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeRequestError "RequestError"
|
||
// Your request is invalid.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/CreateWorkerBlock
|
||
func (c *MTurk) CreateWorkerBlock(input *CreateWorkerBlockInput) (*CreateWorkerBlockOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.CreateWorkerBlockRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// CreateWorkerBlockWithContext is the same as CreateWorkerBlock with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See CreateWorkerBlock for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *MTurk) CreateWorkerBlockWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateWorkerBlockInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateWorkerBlockOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.CreateWorkerBlockRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opDeleteHIT = "DeleteHIT"
|
||
|
||
// DeleteHITRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the DeleteHIT operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfuly.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See DeleteHIT for more information on using the DeleteHIT
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteHITRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.DeleteHITRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/DeleteHIT
|
||
func (c *MTurk) DeleteHITRequest(input *DeleteHITInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteHITOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opDeleteHIT,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &DeleteHITInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &DeleteHITOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// DeleteHIT API operation for Amazon Mechanical Turk.
|
||
//
|
||
// The DeleteHIT operation is used to delete HIT that is no longer needed. Only
|
||
// the Requester who created the HIT can delete it.
|
||
//
|
||
// You can only dispose of HITs that are in the Reviewable state, with all of
|
||
// their submitted assignments already either approved or rejected. If you call
|
||
// the DeleteHIT operation on a HIT that is not in the Reviewable state (for
|
||
// example, that has not expired, or still has active assignments), or on a
|
||
// HIT that is Reviewable but without all of its submitted assignments already
|
||
// approved or rejected, the service will return an error.
|
||
//
|
||
// HITs are automatically disposed of after 120 days.
|
||
//
|
||
// After you dispose of a HIT, you can no longer approve the HIT's rejected
|
||
// assignments.
|
||
//
|
||
// Disposed HITs are not returned in results for the ListHITs operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// Disposing HITs can improve the performance of operations such as ListReviewableHITs
|
||
// and ListHITs.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Mechanical Turk's
|
||
// API operation DeleteHIT for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceFault "ServiceFault"
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk is temporarily unable to process your request. Try
|
||
// your call again.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeRequestError "RequestError"
|
||
// Your request is invalid.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/DeleteHIT
|
||
func (c *MTurk) DeleteHIT(input *DeleteHITInput) (*DeleteHITOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.DeleteHITRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// DeleteHITWithContext is the same as DeleteHIT with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See DeleteHIT for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *MTurk) DeleteHITWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteHITInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteHITOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.DeleteHITRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opDeleteQualificationType = "DeleteQualificationType"
|
||
|
||
// DeleteQualificationTypeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the DeleteQualificationType operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfuly.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See DeleteQualificationType for more information on using the DeleteQualificationType
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteQualificationTypeRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.DeleteQualificationTypeRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/DeleteQualificationType
|
||
func (c *MTurk) DeleteQualificationTypeRequest(input *DeleteQualificationTypeInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteQualificationTypeOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opDeleteQualificationType,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &DeleteQualificationTypeInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &DeleteQualificationTypeOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// DeleteQualificationType API operation for Amazon Mechanical Turk.
|
||
//
|
||
// The DeleteQualificationType deletes a Qualification type and deletes any
|
||
// HIT types that are associated with the Qualification type.
|
||
//
|
||
// This operation does not revoke Qualifications already assigned to Workers
|
||
// because the Qualifications might be needed for active HITs. If there are
|
||
// any pending requests for the Qualification type, Amazon Mechanical Turk rejects
|
||
// those requests. After you delete a Qualification type, you can no longer
|
||
// use it to create HITs or HIT types.
|
||
//
|
||
// DeleteQualificationType must wait for all the HITs that use the deleted Qualification
|
||
// type to be deleted before completing. It may take up to 48 hours before DeleteQualificationType
|
||
// completes and the unique name of the Qualification type is available for
|
||
// reuse with CreateQualificationType.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Mechanical Turk's
|
||
// API operation DeleteQualificationType for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceFault "ServiceFault"
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk is temporarily unable to process your request. Try
|
||
// your call again.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeRequestError "RequestError"
|
||
// Your request is invalid.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/DeleteQualificationType
|
||
func (c *MTurk) DeleteQualificationType(input *DeleteQualificationTypeInput) (*DeleteQualificationTypeOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.DeleteQualificationTypeRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// DeleteQualificationTypeWithContext is the same as DeleteQualificationType with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See DeleteQualificationType for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *MTurk) DeleteQualificationTypeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteQualificationTypeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteQualificationTypeOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.DeleteQualificationTypeRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opDeleteWorkerBlock = "DeleteWorkerBlock"
|
||
|
||
// DeleteWorkerBlockRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the DeleteWorkerBlock operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfuly.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See DeleteWorkerBlock for more information on using the DeleteWorkerBlock
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteWorkerBlockRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.DeleteWorkerBlockRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/DeleteWorkerBlock
|
||
func (c *MTurk) DeleteWorkerBlockRequest(input *DeleteWorkerBlockInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteWorkerBlockOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opDeleteWorkerBlock,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &DeleteWorkerBlockInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &DeleteWorkerBlockOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// DeleteWorkerBlock API operation for Amazon Mechanical Turk.
|
||
//
|
||
// The DeleteWorkerBlock operation allows you to reinstate a blocked Worker
|
||
// to work on your HITs. This operation reverses the effects of the CreateWorkerBlock
|
||
// operation. You need the Worker ID to use this operation. If the Worker ID
|
||
// is missing or invalid, this operation fails and returns the message “WorkerId
|
||
// is invalid.” If the specified Worker is not blocked, this operation returns
|
||
// successfully.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Mechanical Turk's
|
||
// API operation DeleteWorkerBlock for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceFault "ServiceFault"
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk is temporarily unable to process your request. Try
|
||
// your call again.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeRequestError "RequestError"
|
||
// Your request is invalid.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/DeleteWorkerBlock
|
||
func (c *MTurk) DeleteWorkerBlock(input *DeleteWorkerBlockInput) (*DeleteWorkerBlockOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.DeleteWorkerBlockRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// DeleteWorkerBlockWithContext is the same as DeleteWorkerBlock with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See DeleteWorkerBlock for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *MTurk) DeleteWorkerBlockWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteWorkerBlockInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteWorkerBlockOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.DeleteWorkerBlockRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opDisassociateQualificationFromWorker = "DisassociateQualificationFromWorker"
|
||
|
||
// DisassociateQualificationFromWorkerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the DisassociateQualificationFromWorker operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfuly.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See DisassociateQualificationFromWorker for more information on using the DisassociateQualificationFromWorker
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the DisassociateQualificationFromWorkerRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.DisassociateQualificationFromWorkerRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/DisassociateQualificationFromWorker
|
||
func (c *MTurk) DisassociateQualificationFromWorkerRequest(input *DisassociateQualificationFromWorkerInput) (req *request.Request, output *DisassociateQualificationFromWorkerOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opDisassociateQualificationFromWorker,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &DisassociateQualificationFromWorkerInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &DisassociateQualificationFromWorkerOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// DisassociateQualificationFromWorker API operation for Amazon Mechanical Turk.
|
||
//
|
||
// The DisassociateQualificationFromWorker revokes a previously granted Qualification
|
||
// from a user.
|
||
//
|
||
// You can provide a text message explaining why the Qualification was revoked.
|
||
// The user who had the Qualification can see this message.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Mechanical Turk's
|
||
// API operation DisassociateQualificationFromWorker for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceFault "ServiceFault"
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk is temporarily unable to process your request. Try
|
||
// your call again.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeRequestError "RequestError"
|
||
// Your request is invalid.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/DisassociateQualificationFromWorker
|
||
func (c *MTurk) DisassociateQualificationFromWorker(input *DisassociateQualificationFromWorkerInput) (*DisassociateQualificationFromWorkerOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.DisassociateQualificationFromWorkerRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// DisassociateQualificationFromWorkerWithContext is the same as DisassociateQualificationFromWorker with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See DisassociateQualificationFromWorker for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *MTurk) DisassociateQualificationFromWorkerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DisassociateQualificationFromWorkerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DisassociateQualificationFromWorkerOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.DisassociateQualificationFromWorkerRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opGetAccountBalance = "GetAccountBalance"
|
||
|
||
// GetAccountBalanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the GetAccountBalance operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfuly.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See GetAccountBalance for more information on using the GetAccountBalance
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the GetAccountBalanceRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.GetAccountBalanceRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/GetAccountBalance
|
||
func (c *MTurk) GetAccountBalanceRequest(input *GetAccountBalanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetAccountBalanceOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opGetAccountBalance,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &GetAccountBalanceInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &GetAccountBalanceOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GetAccountBalance API operation for Amazon Mechanical Turk.
|
||
//
|
||
// The GetAccountBalance operation retrieves the amount of money in your Amazon
|
||
// Mechanical Turk account.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Mechanical Turk's
|
||
// API operation GetAccountBalance for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceFault "ServiceFault"
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk is temporarily unable to process your request. Try
|
||
// your call again.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeRequestError "RequestError"
|
||
// Your request is invalid.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/GetAccountBalance
|
||
func (c *MTurk) GetAccountBalance(input *GetAccountBalanceInput) (*GetAccountBalanceOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.GetAccountBalanceRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GetAccountBalanceWithContext is the same as GetAccountBalance with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See GetAccountBalance for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *MTurk) GetAccountBalanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetAccountBalanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetAccountBalanceOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.GetAccountBalanceRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opGetAssignment = "GetAssignment"
|
||
|
||
// GetAssignmentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the GetAssignment operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfuly.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See GetAssignment for more information on using the GetAssignment
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the GetAssignmentRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.GetAssignmentRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/GetAssignment
|
||
func (c *MTurk) GetAssignmentRequest(input *GetAssignmentInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetAssignmentOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opGetAssignment,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &GetAssignmentInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &GetAssignmentOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GetAssignment API operation for Amazon Mechanical Turk.
|
||
//
|
||
// The GetAssignment operation retrieves the details of the specified Assignment.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Mechanical Turk's
|
||
// API operation GetAssignment for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceFault "ServiceFault"
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk is temporarily unable to process your request. Try
|
||
// your call again.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeRequestError "RequestError"
|
||
// Your request is invalid.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/GetAssignment
|
||
func (c *MTurk) GetAssignment(input *GetAssignmentInput) (*GetAssignmentOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.GetAssignmentRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GetAssignmentWithContext is the same as GetAssignment with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See GetAssignment for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *MTurk) GetAssignmentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetAssignmentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetAssignmentOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.GetAssignmentRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opGetFileUploadURL = "GetFileUploadURL"
|
||
|
||
// GetFileUploadURLRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the GetFileUploadURL operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfuly.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See GetFileUploadURL for more information on using the GetFileUploadURL
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the GetFileUploadURLRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.GetFileUploadURLRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/GetFileUploadURL
|
||
func (c *MTurk) GetFileUploadURLRequest(input *GetFileUploadURLInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetFileUploadURLOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opGetFileUploadURL,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &GetFileUploadURLInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &GetFileUploadURLOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GetFileUploadURL API operation for Amazon Mechanical Turk.
|
||
//
|
||
// The GetFileUploadURL operation generates and returns a temporary URL. You
|
||
// use the temporary URL to retrieve a file uploaded by a Worker as an answer
|
||
// to a FileUploadAnswer question for a HIT. The temporary URL is generated
|
||
// the instant the GetFileUploadURL operation is called, and is valid for 60
|
||
// seconds. You can get a temporary file upload URL any time until the HIT is
|
||
// disposed. After the HIT is disposed, any uploaded files are deleted, and
|
||
// cannot be retrieved. Pending Deprecation on December 12, 2017. The Answer
|
||
// Specification structure will no longer support the FileUploadAnswer element
|
||
// to be used for the QuestionForm data structure. Instead, we recommend that
|
||
// Requesters who want to create HITs asking Workers to upload files to use
|
||
// Amazon S3.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Mechanical Turk's
|
||
// API operation GetFileUploadURL for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceFault "ServiceFault"
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk is temporarily unable to process your request. Try
|
||
// your call again.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeRequestError "RequestError"
|
||
// Your request is invalid.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/GetFileUploadURL
|
||
func (c *MTurk) GetFileUploadURL(input *GetFileUploadURLInput) (*GetFileUploadURLOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.GetFileUploadURLRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GetFileUploadURLWithContext is the same as GetFileUploadURL with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See GetFileUploadURL for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *MTurk) GetFileUploadURLWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetFileUploadURLInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetFileUploadURLOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.GetFileUploadURLRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opGetHIT = "GetHIT"
|
||
|
||
// GetHITRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the GetHIT operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfuly.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See GetHIT for more information on using the GetHIT
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the GetHITRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.GetHITRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/GetHIT
|
||
func (c *MTurk) GetHITRequest(input *GetHITInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetHITOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opGetHIT,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &GetHITInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &GetHITOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GetHIT API operation for Amazon Mechanical Turk.
|
||
//
|
||
// The GetHIT operation retrieves the details of the specified HIT.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Mechanical Turk's
|
||
// API operation GetHIT for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceFault "ServiceFault"
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk is temporarily unable to process your request. Try
|
||
// your call again.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeRequestError "RequestError"
|
||
// Your request is invalid.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/GetHIT
|
||
func (c *MTurk) GetHIT(input *GetHITInput) (*GetHITOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.GetHITRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GetHITWithContext is the same as GetHIT with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See GetHIT for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *MTurk) GetHITWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetHITInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetHITOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.GetHITRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opGetQualificationScore = "GetQualificationScore"
|
||
|
||
// GetQualificationScoreRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the GetQualificationScore operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfuly.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See GetQualificationScore for more information on using the GetQualificationScore
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the GetQualificationScoreRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.GetQualificationScoreRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/GetQualificationScore
|
||
func (c *MTurk) GetQualificationScoreRequest(input *GetQualificationScoreInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetQualificationScoreOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opGetQualificationScore,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &GetQualificationScoreInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &GetQualificationScoreOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GetQualificationScore API operation for Amazon Mechanical Turk.
|
||
//
|
||
// The GetQualificationScore operation returns the value of a Worker's Qualification
|
||
// for a given Qualification type.
|
||
//
|
||
// To get a Worker's Qualification, you must know the Worker's ID. The Worker's
|
||
// ID is included in the assignment data returned by the ListAssignmentsForHIT
|
||
// operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// Only the owner of a Qualification type can query the value of a Worker's
|
||
// Qualification of that type.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Mechanical Turk's
|
||
// API operation GetQualificationScore for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceFault "ServiceFault"
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk is temporarily unable to process your request. Try
|
||
// your call again.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeRequestError "RequestError"
|
||
// Your request is invalid.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/GetQualificationScore
|
||
func (c *MTurk) GetQualificationScore(input *GetQualificationScoreInput) (*GetQualificationScoreOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.GetQualificationScoreRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GetQualificationScoreWithContext is the same as GetQualificationScore with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See GetQualificationScore for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *MTurk) GetQualificationScoreWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetQualificationScoreInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetQualificationScoreOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.GetQualificationScoreRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opGetQualificationType = "GetQualificationType"
|
||
|
||
// GetQualificationTypeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the GetQualificationType operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfuly.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See GetQualificationType for more information on using the GetQualificationType
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the GetQualificationTypeRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.GetQualificationTypeRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/GetQualificationType
|
||
func (c *MTurk) GetQualificationTypeRequest(input *GetQualificationTypeInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetQualificationTypeOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opGetQualificationType,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &GetQualificationTypeInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &GetQualificationTypeOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GetQualificationType API operation for Amazon Mechanical Turk.
|
||
//
|
||
// The GetQualificationTypeoperation retrieves information about a Qualification
|
||
// type using its ID.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Mechanical Turk's
|
||
// API operation GetQualificationType for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceFault "ServiceFault"
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk is temporarily unable to process your request. Try
|
||
// your call again.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeRequestError "RequestError"
|
||
// Your request is invalid.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/GetQualificationType
|
||
func (c *MTurk) GetQualificationType(input *GetQualificationTypeInput) (*GetQualificationTypeOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.GetQualificationTypeRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GetQualificationTypeWithContext is the same as GetQualificationType with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See GetQualificationType for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *MTurk) GetQualificationTypeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetQualificationTypeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetQualificationTypeOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.GetQualificationTypeRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opListAssignmentsForHIT = "ListAssignmentsForHIT"
|
||
|
||
// ListAssignmentsForHITRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the ListAssignmentsForHIT operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfuly.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListAssignmentsForHIT for more information on using the ListAssignmentsForHIT
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the ListAssignmentsForHITRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.ListAssignmentsForHITRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/ListAssignmentsForHIT
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ListAssignmentsForHITRequest(input *ListAssignmentsForHITInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListAssignmentsForHITOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opListAssignmentsForHIT,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/",
|
||
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
||
InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
||
OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
||
LimitToken: "MaxResults",
|
||
TruncationToken: "",
|
||
},
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &ListAssignmentsForHITInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &ListAssignmentsForHITOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListAssignmentsForHIT API operation for Amazon Mechanical Turk.
|
||
//
|
||
// The ListAssignmentsForHIT operation retrieves completed assignments for a
|
||
// HIT. You can use this operation to retrieve the results for a HIT.
|
||
//
|
||
// You can get assignments for a HIT at any time, even if the HIT is not yet
|
||
// Reviewable. If a HIT requested multiple assignments, and has received some
|
||
// results but has not yet become Reviewable, you can still retrieve the partial
|
||
// results with this operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use the AssignmentStatus parameter to control which set of assignments for
|
||
// a HIT are returned. The ListAssignmentsForHIT operation can return submitted
|
||
// assignments awaiting approval, or it can return assignments that have already
|
||
// been approved or rejected. You can set AssignmentStatus=Approved,Rejected
|
||
// to get assignments that have already been approved and rejected together
|
||
// in one result set.
|
||
//
|
||
// Only the Requester who created the HIT can retrieve the assignments for that
|
||
// HIT.
|
||
//
|
||
// Results are sorted and divided into numbered pages and the operation returns
|
||
// a single page of results. You can use the parameters of the operation to
|
||
// control sorting and pagination.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Mechanical Turk's
|
||
// API operation ListAssignmentsForHIT for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceFault "ServiceFault"
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk is temporarily unable to process your request. Try
|
||
// your call again.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeRequestError "RequestError"
|
||
// Your request is invalid.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/ListAssignmentsForHIT
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ListAssignmentsForHIT(input *ListAssignmentsForHITInput) (*ListAssignmentsForHITOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.ListAssignmentsForHITRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListAssignmentsForHITWithContext is the same as ListAssignmentsForHIT with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListAssignmentsForHIT for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ListAssignmentsForHITWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListAssignmentsForHITInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListAssignmentsForHITOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.ListAssignmentsForHITRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListAssignmentsForHITPages iterates over the pages of a ListAssignmentsForHIT operation,
|
||
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
||
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListAssignmentsForHIT method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListAssignmentsForHIT operation.
|
||
// pageNum := 0
|
||
// err := client.ListAssignmentsForHITPages(params,
|
||
// func(page *ListAssignmentsForHITOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
||
// pageNum++
|
||
// fmt.Println(page)
|
||
// return pageNum <= 3
|
||
// })
|
||
//
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ListAssignmentsForHITPages(input *ListAssignmentsForHITInput, fn func(*ListAssignmentsForHITOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
||
return c.ListAssignmentsForHITPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListAssignmentsForHITPagesWithContext same as ListAssignmentsForHITPages except
|
||
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ListAssignmentsForHITPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListAssignmentsForHITInput, fn func(*ListAssignmentsForHITOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
||
p := request.Pagination{
|
||
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
||
var inCpy *ListAssignmentsForHITInput
|
||
if input != nil {
|
||
tmp := *input
|
||
inCpy = &tmp
|
||
}
|
||
req, _ := c.ListAssignmentsForHITRequest(inCpy)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return req, nil
|
||
},
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
cont := true
|
||
for p.Next() && cont {
|
||
cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListAssignmentsForHITOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
||
}
|
||
return p.Err()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opListBonusPayments = "ListBonusPayments"
|
||
|
||
// ListBonusPaymentsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the ListBonusPayments operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfuly.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListBonusPayments for more information on using the ListBonusPayments
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the ListBonusPaymentsRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.ListBonusPaymentsRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/ListBonusPayments
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ListBonusPaymentsRequest(input *ListBonusPaymentsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBonusPaymentsOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opListBonusPayments,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/",
|
||
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
||
InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
||
OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
||
LimitToken: "MaxResults",
|
||
TruncationToken: "",
|
||
},
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &ListBonusPaymentsInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &ListBonusPaymentsOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListBonusPayments API operation for Amazon Mechanical Turk.
|
||
//
|
||
// The ListBonusPayments operation retrieves the amounts of bonuses you have
|
||
// paid to Workers for a given HIT or assignment.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Mechanical Turk's
|
||
// API operation ListBonusPayments for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceFault "ServiceFault"
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk is temporarily unable to process your request. Try
|
||
// your call again.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeRequestError "RequestError"
|
||
// Your request is invalid.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/ListBonusPayments
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ListBonusPayments(input *ListBonusPaymentsInput) (*ListBonusPaymentsOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.ListBonusPaymentsRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListBonusPaymentsWithContext is the same as ListBonusPayments with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListBonusPayments for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ListBonusPaymentsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBonusPaymentsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBonusPaymentsOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.ListBonusPaymentsRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListBonusPaymentsPages iterates over the pages of a ListBonusPayments operation,
|
||
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
||
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListBonusPayments method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListBonusPayments operation.
|
||
// pageNum := 0
|
||
// err := client.ListBonusPaymentsPages(params,
|
||
// func(page *ListBonusPaymentsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
||
// pageNum++
|
||
// fmt.Println(page)
|
||
// return pageNum <= 3
|
||
// })
|
||
//
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ListBonusPaymentsPages(input *ListBonusPaymentsInput, fn func(*ListBonusPaymentsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
||
return c.ListBonusPaymentsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListBonusPaymentsPagesWithContext same as ListBonusPaymentsPages except
|
||
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ListBonusPaymentsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBonusPaymentsInput, fn func(*ListBonusPaymentsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
||
p := request.Pagination{
|
||
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
||
var inCpy *ListBonusPaymentsInput
|
||
if input != nil {
|
||
tmp := *input
|
||
inCpy = &tmp
|
||
}
|
||
req, _ := c.ListBonusPaymentsRequest(inCpy)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return req, nil
|
||
},
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
cont := true
|
||
for p.Next() && cont {
|
||
cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListBonusPaymentsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
||
}
|
||
return p.Err()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opListHITs = "ListHITs"
|
||
|
||
// ListHITsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the ListHITs operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfuly.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListHITs for more information on using the ListHITs
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the ListHITsRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.ListHITsRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/ListHITs
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ListHITsRequest(input *ListHITsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListHITsOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opListHITs,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/",
|
||
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
||
InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
||
OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
||
LimitToken: "MaxResults",
|
||
TruncationToken: "",
|
||
},
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &ListHITsInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &ListHITsOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListHITs API operation for Amazon Mechanical Turk.
|
||
//
|
||
// The ListHITs operation returns all of a Requester's HITs. The operation returns
|
||
// HITs of any status, except for HITs that have been deleted of with the DeleteHIT
|
||
// operation or that have been auto-deleted.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Mechanical Turk's
|
||
// API operation ListHITs for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceFault "ServiceFault"
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk is temporarily unable to process your request. Try
|
||
// your call again.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeRequestError "RequestError"
|
||
// Your request is invalid.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/ListHITs
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ListHITs(input *ListHITsInput) (*ListHITsOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.ListHITsRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListHITsWithContext is the same as ListHITs with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListHITs for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ListHITsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListHITsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListHITsOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.ListHITsRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListHITsPages iterates over the pages of a ListHITs operation,
|
||
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
||
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListHITs method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListHITs operation.
|
||
// pageNum := 0
|
||
// err := client.ListHITsPages(params,
|
||
// func(page *ListHITsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
||
// pageNum++
|
||
// fmt.Println(page)
|
||
// return pageNum <= 3
|
||
// })
|
||
//
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ListHITsPages(input *ListHITsInput, fn func(*ListHITsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
||
return c.ListHITsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListHITsPagesWithContext same as ListHITsPages except
|
||
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ListHITsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListHITsInput, fn func(*ListHITsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
||
p := request.Pagination{
|
||
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
||
var inCpy *ListHITsInput
|
||
if input != nil {
|
||
tmp := *input
|
||
inCpy = &tmp
|
||
}
|
||
req, _ := c.ListHITsRequest(inCpy)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return req, nil
|
||
},
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
cont := true
|
||
for p.Next() && cont {
|
||
cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListHITsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
||
}
|
||
return p.Err()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opListHITsForQualificationType = "ListHITsForQualificationType"
|
||
|
||
// ListHITsForQualificationTypeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the ListHITsForQualificationType operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfuly.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListHITsForQualificationType for more information on using the ListHITsForQualificationType
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the ListHITsForQualificationTypeRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.ListHITsForQualificationTypeRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/ListHITsForQualificationType
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ListHITsForQualificationTypeRequest(input *ListHITsForQualificationTypeInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListHITsForQualificationTypeOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opListHITsForQualificationType,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/",
|
||
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
||
InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
||
OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
||
LimitToken: "MaxResults",
|
||
TruncationToken: "",
|
||
},
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &ListHITsForQualificationTypeInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &ListHITsForQualificationTypeOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListHITsForQualificationType API operation for Amazon Mechanical Turk.
|
||
//
|
||
// The ListHITsForQualificationType operation returns the HITs that use the
|
||
// given Qualification type for a Qualification requirement. The operation returns
|
||
// HITs of any status, except for HITs that have been deleted with the DeleteHIT
|
||
// operation or that have been auto-deleted.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Mechanical Turk's
|
||
// API operation ListHITsForQualificationType for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceFault "ServiceFault"
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk is temporarily unable to process your request. Try
|
||
// your call again.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeRequestError "RequestError"
|
||
// Your request is invalid.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/ListHITsForQualificationType
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ListHITsForQualificationType(input *ListHITsForQualificationTypeInput) (*ListHITsForQualificationTypeOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.ListHITsForQualificationTypeRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListHITsForQualificationTypeWithContext is the same as ListHITsForQualificationType with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListHITsForQualificationType for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ListHITsForQualificationTypeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListHITsForQualificationTypeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListHITsForQualificationTypeOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.ListHITsForQualificationTypeRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListHITsForQualificationTypePages iterates over the pages of a ListHITsForQualificationType operation,
|
||
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
||
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListHITsForQualificationType method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListHITsForQualificationType operation.
|
||
// pageNum := 0
|
||
// err := client.ListHITsForQualificationTypePages(params,
|
||
// func(page *ListHITsForQualificationTypeOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
||
// pageNum++
|
||
// fmt.Println(page)
|
||
// return pageNum <= 3
|
||
// })
|
||
//
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ListHITsForQualificationTypePages(input *ListHITsForQualificationTypeInput, fn func(*ListHITsForQualificationTypeOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
||
return c.ListHITsForQualificationTypePagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListHITsForQualificationTypePagesWithContext same as ListHITsForQualificationTypePages except
|
||
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ListHITsForQualificationTypePagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListHITsForQualificationTypeInput, fn func(*ListHITsForQualificationTypeOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
||
p := request.Pagination{
|
||
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
||
var inCpy *ListHITsForQualificationTypeInput
|
||
if input != nil {
|
||
tmp := *input
|
||
inCpy = &tmp
|
||
}
|
||
req, _ := c.ListHITsForQualificationTypeRequest(inCpy)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return req, nil
|
||
},
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
cont := true
|
||
for p.Next() && cont {
|
||
cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListHITsForQualificationTypeOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
||
}
|
||
return p.Err()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opListQualificationRequests = "ListQualificationRequests"
|
||
|
||
// ListQualificationRequestsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the ListQualificationRequests operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfuly.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListQualificationRequests for more information on using the ListQualificationRequests
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the ListQualificationRequestsRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.ListQualificationRequestsRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/ListQualificationRequests
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ListQualificationRequestsRequest(input *ListQualificationRequestsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListQualificationRequestsOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opListQualificationRequests,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/",
|
||
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
||
InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
||
OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
||
LimitToken: "MaxResults",
|
||
TruncationToken: "",
|
||
},
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &ListQualificationRequestsInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &ListQualificationRequestsOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListQualificationRequests API operation for Amazon Mechanical Turk.
|
||
//
|
||
// The ListQualificationRequests operation retrieves requests for Qualifications
|
||
// of a particular Qualification type. The owner of the Qualification type calls
|
||
// this operation to poll for pending requests, and accepts them using the AcceptQualification
|
||
// operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Mechanical Turk's
|
||
// API operation ListQualificationRequests for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceFault "ServiceFault"
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk is temporarily unable to process your request. Try
|
||
// your call again.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeRequestError "RequestError"
|
||
// Your request is invalid.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/ListQualificationRequests
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ListQualificationRequests(input *ListQualificationRequestsInput) (*ListQualificationRequestsOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.ListQualificationRequestsRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListQualificationRequestsWithContext is the same as ListQualificationRequests with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListQualificationRequests for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ListQualificationRequestsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListQualificationRequestsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListQualificationRequestsOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.ListQualificationRequestsRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListQualificationRequestsPages iterates over the pages of a ListQualificationRequests operation,
|
||
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
||
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListQualificationRequests method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListQualificationRequests operation.
|
||
// pageNum := 0
|
||
// err := client.ListQualificationRequestsPages(params,
|
||
// func(page *ListQualificationRequestsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
||
// pageNum++
|
||
// fmt.Println(page)
|
||
// return pageNum <= 3
|
||
// })
|
||
//
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ListQualificationRequestsPages(input *ListQualificationRequestsInput, fn func(*ListQualificationRequestsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
||
return c.ListQualificationRequestsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListQualificationRequestsPagesWithContext same as ListQualificationRequestsPages except
|
||
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ListQualificationRequestsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListQualificationRequestsInput, fn func(*ListQualificationRequestsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
||
p := request.Pagination{
|
||
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
||
var inCpy *ListQualificationRequestsInput
|
||
if input != nil {
|
||
tmp := *input
|
||
inCpy = &tmp
|
||
}
|
||
req, _ := c.ListQualificationRequestsRequest(inCpy)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return req, nil
|
||
},
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
cont := true
|
||
for p.Next() && cont {
|
||
cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListQualificationRequestsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
||
}
|
||
return p.Err()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opListQualificationTypes = "ListQualificationTypes"
|
||
|
||
// ListQualificationTypesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the ListQualificationTypes operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfuly.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListQualificationTypes for more information on using the ListQualificationTypes
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the ListQualificationTypesRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.ListQualificationTypesRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/ListQualificationTypes
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ListQualificationTypesRequest(input *ListQualificationTypesInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListQualificationTypesOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opListQualificationTypes,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/",
|
||
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
||
InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
||
OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
||
LimitToken: "MaxResults",
|
||
TruncationToken: "",
|
||
},
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &ListQualificationTypesInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &ListQualificationTypesOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListQualificationTypes API operation for Amazon Mechanical Turk.
|
||
//
|
||
// The ListQualificationTypes operation returns a list of Qualification types,
|
||
// filtered by an optional search term.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Mechanical Turk's
|
||
// API operation ListQualificationTypes for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceFault "ServiceFault"
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk is temporarily unable to process your request. Try
|
||
// your call again.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeRequestError "RequestError"
|
||
// Your request is invalid.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/ListQualificationTypes
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ListQualificationTypes(input *ListQualificationTypesInput) (*ListQualificationTypesOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.ListQualificationTypesRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListQualificationTypesWithContext is the same as ListQualificationTypes with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListQualificationTypes for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ListQualificationTypesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListQualificationTypesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListQualificationTypesOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.ListQualificationTypesRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListQualificationTypesPages iterates over the pages of a ListQualificationTypes operation,
|
||
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
||
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListQualificationTypes method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListQualificationTypes operation.
|
||
// pageNum := 0
|
||
// err := client.ListQualificationTypesPages(params,
|
||
// func(page *ListQualificationTypesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
||
// pageNum++
|
||
// fmt.Println(page)
|
||
// return pageNum <= 3
|
||
// })
|
||
//
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ListQualificationTypesPages(input *ListQualificationTypesInput, fn func(*ListQualificationTypesOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
||
return c.ListQualificationTypesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListQualificationTypesPagesWithContext same as ListQualificationTypesPages except
|
||
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ListQualificationTypesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListQualificationTypesInput, fn func(*ListQualificationTypesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
||
p := request.Pagination{
|
||
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
||
var inCpy *ListQualificationTypesInput
|
||
if input != nil {
|
||
tmp := *input
|
||
inCpy = &tmp
|
||
}
|
||
req, _ := c.ListQualificationTypesRequest(inCpy)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return req, nil
|
||
},
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
cont := true
|
||
for p.Next() && cont {
|
||
cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListQualificationTypesOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
||
}
|
||
return p.Err()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opListReviewPolicyResultsForHIT = "ListReviewPolicyResultsForHIT"
|
||
|
||
// ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the ListReviewPolicyResultsForHIT operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfuly.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListReviewPolicyResultsForHIT for more information on using the ListReviewPolicyResultsForHIT
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/ListReviewPolicyResultsForHIT
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITRequest(input *ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opListReviewPolicyResultsForHIT,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/",
|
||
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
||
InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
||
OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
||
LimitToken: "MaxResults",
|
||
TruncationToken: "",
|
||
},
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListReviewPolicyResultsForHIT API operation for Amazon Mechanical Turk.
|
||
//
|
||
// The ListReviewPolicyResultsForHIT operation retrieves the computed results
|
||
// and the actions taken in the course of executing your Review Policies for
|
||
// a given HIT. For information about how to specify Review Policies when you
|
||
// call CreateHIT, see Review Policies. The ListReviewPolicyResultsForHIT operation
|
||
// can return results for both Assignment-level and HIT-level review results.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Mechanical Turk's
|
||
// API operation ListReviewPolicyResultsForHIT for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceFault "ServiceFault"
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk is temporarily unable to process your request. Try
|
||
// your call again.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeRequestError "RequestError"
|
||
// Your request is invalid.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/ListReviewPolicyResultsForHIT
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ListReviewPolicyResultsForHIT(input *ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITInput) (*ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITWithContext is the same as ListReviewPolicyResultsForHIT with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListReviewPolicyResultsForHIT for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITPages iterates over the pages of a ListReviewPolicyResultsForHIT operation,
|
||
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
||
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListReviewPolicyResultsForHIT method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListReviewPolicyResultsForHIT operation.
|
||
// pageNum := 0
|
||
// err := client.ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITPages(params,
|
||
// func(page *ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
||
// pageNum++
|
||
// fmt.Println(page)
|
||
// return pageNum <= 3
|
||
// })
|
||
//
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITPages(input *ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITInput, fn func(*ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
||
return c.ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITPagesWithContext same as ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITPages except
|
||
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITInput, fn func(*ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
||
p := request.Pagination{
|
||
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
||
var inCpy *ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITInput
|
||
if input != nil {
|
||
tmp := *input
|
||
inCpy = &tmp
|
||
}
|
||
req, _ := c.ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITRequest(inCpy)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return req, nil
|
||
},
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
cont := true
|
||
for p.Next() && cont {
|
||
cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
||
}
|
||
return p.Err()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opListReviewableHITs = "ListReviewableHITs"
|
||
|
||
// ListReviewableHITsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the ListReviewableHITs operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfuly.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListReviewableHITs for more information on using the ListReviewableHITs
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the ListReviewableHITsRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.ListReviewableHITsRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/ListReviewableHITs
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ListReviewableHITsRequest(input *ListReviewableHITsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListReviewableHITsOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opListReviewableHITs,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/",
|
||
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
||
InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
||
OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
||
LimitToken: "MaxResults",
|
||
TruncationToken: "",
|
||
},
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &ListReviewableHITsInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &ListReviewableHITsOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListReviewableHITs API operation for Amazon Mechanical Turk.
|
||
//
|
||
// The ListReviewableHITs operation retrieves the HITs with Status equal to
|
||
// Reviewable or Status equal to Reviewing that belong to the Requester calling
|
||
// the operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Mechanical Turk's
|
||
// API operation ListReviewableHITs for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceFault "ServiceFault"
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk is temporarily unable to process your request. Try
|
||
// your call again.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeRequestError "RequestError"
|
||
// Your request is invalid.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/ListReviewableHITs
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ListReviewableHITs(input *ListReviewableHITsInput) (*ListReviewableHITsOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.ListReviewableHITsRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListReviewableHITsWithContext is the same as ListReviewableHITs with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListReviewableHITs for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ListReviewableHITsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListReviewableHITsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListReviewableHITsOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.ListReviewableHITsRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListReviewableHITsPages iterates over the pages of a ListReviewableHITs operation,
|
||
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
||
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListReviewableHITs method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListReviewableHITs operation.
|
||
// pageNum := 0
|
||
// err := client.ListReviewableHITsPages(params,
|
||
// func(page *ListReviewableHITsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
||
// pageNum++
|
||
// fmt.Println(page)
|
||
// return pageNum <= 3
|
||
// })
|
||
//
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ListReviewableHITsPages(input *ListReviewableHITsInput, fn func(*ListReviewableHITsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
||
return c.ListReviewableHITsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListReviewableHITsPagesWithContext same as ListReviewableHITsPages except
|
||
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ListReviewableHITsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListReviewableHITsInput, fn func(*ListReviewableHITsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
||
p := request.Pagination{
|
||
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
||
var inCpy *ListReviewableHITsInput
|
||
if input != nil {
|
||
tmp := *input
|
||
inCpy = &tmp
|
||
}
|
||
req, _ := c.ListReviewableHITsRequest(inCpy)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return req, nil
|
||
},
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
cont := true
|
||
for p.Next() && cont {
|
||
cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListReviewableHITsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
||
}
|
||
return p.Err()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opListWorkerBlocks = "ListWorkerBlocks"
|
||
|
||
// ListWorkerBlocksRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the ListWorkerBlocks operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfuly.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListWorkerBlocks for more information on using the ListWorkerBlocks
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the ListWorkerBlocksRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.ListWorkerBlocksRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/ListWorkerBlocks
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ListWorkerBlocksRequest(input *ListWorkerBlocksInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListWorkerBlocksOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opListWorkerBlocks,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/",
|
||
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
||
InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
||
OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
||
LimitToken: "MaxResults",
|
||
TruncationToken: "",
|
||
},
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &ListWorkerBlocksInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &ListWorkerBlocksOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListWorkerBlocks API operation for Amazon Mechanical Turk.
|
||
//
|
||
// The ListWorkersBlocks operation retrieves a list of Workers who are blocked
|
||
// from working on your HITs.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Mechanical Turk's
|
||
// API operation ListWorkerBlocks for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceFault "ServiceFault"
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk is temporarily unable to process your request. Try
|
||
// your call again.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeRequestError "RequestError"
|
||
// Your request is invalid.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/ListWorkerBlocks
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ListWorkerBlocks(input *ListWorkerBlocksInput) (*ListWorkerBlocksOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.ListWorkerBlocksRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListWorkerBlocksWithContext is the same as ListWorkerBlocks with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListWorkerBlocks for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ListWorkerBlocksWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListWorkerBlocksInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListWorkerBlocksOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.ListWorkerBlocksRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListWorkerBlocksPages iterates over the pages of a ListWorkerBlocks operation,
|
||
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
||
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListWorkerBlocks method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListWorkerBlocks operation.
|
||
// pageNum := 0
|
||
// err := client.ListWorkerBlocksPages(params,
|
||
// func(page *ListWorkerBlocksOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
||
// pageNum++
|
||
// fmt.Println(page)
|
||
// return pageNum <= 3
|
||
// })
|
||
//
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ListWorkerBlocksPages(input *ListWorkerBlocksInput, fn func(*ListWorkerBlocksOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
||
return c.ListWorkerBlocksPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListWorkerBlocksPagesWithContext same as ListWorkerBlocksPages except
|
||
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ListWorkerBlocksPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListWorkerBlocksInput, fn func(*ListWorkerBlocksOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
||
p := request.Pagination{
|
||
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
||
var inCpy *ListWorkerBlocksInput
|
||
if input != nil {
|
||
tmp := *input
|
||
inCpy = &tmp
|
||
}
|
||
req, _ := c.ListWorkerBlocksRequest(inCpy)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return req, nil
|
||
},
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
cont := true
|
||
for p.Next() && cont {
|
||
cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListWorkerBlocksOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
||
}
|
||
return p.Err()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opListWorkersWithQualificationType = "ListWorkersWithQualificationType"
|
||
|
||
// ListWorkersWithQualificationTypeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the ListWorkersWithQualificationType operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfuly.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListWorkersWithQualificationType for more information on using the ListWorkersWithQualificationType
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the ListWorkersWithQualificationTypeRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.ListWorkersWithQualificationTypeRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/ListWorkersWithQualificationType
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ListWorkersWithQualificationTypeRequest(input *ListWorkersWithQualificationTypeInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListWorkersWithQualificationTypeOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opListWorkersWithQualificationType,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/",
|
||
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
||
InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
||
OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
||
LimitToken: "MaxResults",
|
||
TruncationToken: "",
|
||
},
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &ListWorkersWithQualificationTypeInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &ListWorkersWithQualificationTypeOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListWorkersWithQualificationType API operation for Amazon Mechanical Turk.
|
||
//
|
||
// The ListWorkersWithQualificationType operation returns all of the Workers
|
||
// that have been associated with a given Qualification type.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Mechanical Turk's
|
||
// API operation ListWorkersWithQualificationType for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceFault "ServiceFault"
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk is temporarily unable to process your request. Try
|
||
// your call again.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeRequestError "RequestError"
|
||
// Your request is invalid.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/ListWorkersWithQualificationType
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ListWorkersWithQualificationType(input *ListWorkersWithQualificationTypeInput) (*ListWorkersWithQualificationTypeOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.ListWorkersWithQualificationTypeRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListWorkersWithQualificationTypeWithContext is the same as ListWorkersWithQualificationType with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListWorkersWithQualificationType for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ListWorkersWithQualificationTypeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListWorkersWithQualificationTypeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListWorkersWithQualificationTypeOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.ListWorkersWithQualificationTypeRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListWorkersWithQualificationTypePages iterates over the pages of a ListWorkersWithQualificationType operation,
|
||
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
||
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListWorkersWithQualificationType method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListWorkersWithQualificationType operation.
|
||
// pageNum := 0
|
||
// err := client.ListWorkersWithQualificationTypePages(params,
|
||
// func(page *ListWorkersWithQualificationTypeOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
||
// pageNum++
|
||
// fmt.Println(page)
|
||
// return pageNum <= 3
|
||
// })
|
||
//
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ListWorkersWithQualificationTypePages(input *ListWorkersWithQualificationTypeInput, fn func(*ListWorkersWithQualificationTypeOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
||
return c.ListWorkersWithQualificationTypePagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListWorkersWithQualificationTypePagesWithContext same as ListWorkersWithQualificationTypePages except
|
||
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *MTurk) ListWorkersWithQualificationTypePagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListWorkersWithQualificationTypeInput, fn func(*ListWorkersWithQualificationTypeOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
||
p := request.Pagination{
|
||
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
||
var inCpy *ListWorkersWithQualificationTypeInput
|
||
if input != nil {
|
||
tmp := *input
|
||
inCpy = &tmp
|
||
}
|
||
req, _ := c.ListWorkersWithQualificationTypeRequest(inCpy)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return req, nil
|
||
},
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
cont := true
|
||
for p.Next() && cont {
|
||
cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListWorkersWithQualificationTypeOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
||
}
|
||
return p.Err()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opNotifyWorkers = "NotifyWorkers"
|
||
|
||
// NotifyWorkersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the NotifyWorkers operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfuly.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See NotifyWorkers for more information on using the NotifyWorkers
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the NotifyWorkersRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.NotifyWorkersRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/NotifyWorkers
|
||
func (c *MTurk) NotifyWorkersRequest(input *NotifyWorkersInput) (req *request.Request, output *NotifyWorkersOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opNotifyWorkers,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &NotifyWorkersInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &NotifyWorkersOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// NotifyWorkers API operation for Amazon Mechanical Turk.
|
||
//
|
||
// The NotifyWorkers operation sends an email to one or more Workers that you
|
||
// specify with the Worker ID. You can specify up to 100 Worker IDs to send
|
||
// the same message with a single call to the NotifyWorkers operation. The NotifyWorkers
|
||
// operation will send a notification email to a Worker only if you have previously
|
||
// approved or rejected work from the Worker.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Mechanical Turk's
|
||
// API operation NotifyWorkers for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceFault "ServiceFault"
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk is temporarily unable to process your request. Try
|
||
// your call again.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeRequestError "RequestError"
|
||
// Your request is invalid.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/NotifyWorkers
|
||
func (c *MTurk) NotifyWorkers(input *NotifyWorkersInput) (*NotifyWorkersOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.NotifyWorkersRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// NotifyWorkersWithContext is the same as NotifyWorkers with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See NotifyWorkers for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *MTurk) NotifyWorkersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *NotifyWorkersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*NotifyWorkersOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.NotifyWorkersRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opRejectAssignment = "RejectAssignment"
|
||
|
||
// RejectAssignmentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the RejectAssignment operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfuly.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See RejectAssignment for more information on using the RejectAssignment
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the RejectAssignmentRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.RejectAssignmentRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/RejectAssignment
|
||
func (c *MTurk) RejectAssignmentRequest(input *RejectAssignmentInput) (req *request.Request, output *RejectAssignmentOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opRejectAssignment,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &RejectAssignmentInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &RejectAssignmentOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// RejectAssignment API operation for Amazon Mechanical Turk.
|
||
//
|
||
// The RejectAssignment operation rejects the results of a completed assignment.
|
||
//
|
||
// You can include an optional feedback message with the rejection, which the
|
||
// Worker can see in the Status section of the web site. When you include a
|
||
// feedback message with the rejection, it helps the Worker understand why the
|
||
// assignment was rejected, and can improve the quality of the results the Worker
|
||
// submits in the future.
|
||
//
|
||
// Only the Requester who created the HIT can reject an assignment for the HIT.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Mechanical Turk's
|
||
// API operation RejectAssignment for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceFault "ServiceFault"
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk is temporarily unable to process your request. Try
|
||
// your call again.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeRequestError "RequestError"
|
||
// Your request is invalid.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/RejectAssignment
|
||
func (c *MTurk) RejectAssignment(input *RejectAssignmentInput) (*RejectAssignmentOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.RejectAssignmentRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// RejectAssignmentWithContext is the same as RejectAssignment with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See RejectAssignment for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *MTurk) RejectAssignmentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RejectAssignmentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RejectAssignmentOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.RejectAssignmentRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opRejectQualificationRequest = "RejectQualificationRequest"
|
||
|
||
// RejectQualificationRequestRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the RejectQualificationRequest operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfuly.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See RejectQualificationRequest for more information on using the RejectQualificationRequest
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the RejectQualificationRequestRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.RejectQualificationRequestRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/RejectQualificationRequest
|
||
func (c *MTurk) RejectQualificationRequestRequest(input *RejectQualificationRequestInput) (req *request.Request, output *RejectQualificationRequestOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opRejectQualificationRequest,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &RejectQualificationRequestInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &RejectQualificationRequestOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// RejectQualificationRequest API operation for Amazon Mechanical Turk.
|
||
//
|
||
// The RejectQualificationRequest operation rejects a user's request for a Qualification.
|
||
//
|
||
// You can provide a text message explaining why the request was rejected. The
|
||
// Worker who made the request can see this message.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Mechanical Turk's
|
||
// API operation RejectQualificationRequest for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceFault "ServiceFault"
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk is temporarily unable to process your request. Try
|
||
// your call again.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeRequestError "RequestError"
|
||
// Your request is invalid.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/RejectQualificationRequest
|
||
func (c *MTurk) RejectQualificationRequest(input *RejectQualificationRequestInput) (*RejectQualificationRequestOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.RejectQualificationRequestRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// RejectQualificationRequestWithContext is the same as RejectQualificationRequest with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See RejectQualificationRequest for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *MTurk) RejectQualificationRequestWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RejectQualificationRequestInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RejectQualificationRequestOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.RejectQualificationRequestRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opSendBonus = "SendBonus"
|
||
|
||
// SendBonusRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the SendBonus operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfuly.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See SendBonus for more information on using the SendBonus
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the SendBonusRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.SendBonusRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/SendBonus
|
||
func (c *MTurk) SendBonusRequest(input *SendBonusInput) (req *request.Request, output *SendBonusOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opSendBonus,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &SendBonusInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &SendBonusOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SendBonus API operation for Amazon Mechanical Turk.
|
||
//
|
||
// The SendBonus operation issues a payment of money from your account to a
|
||
// Worker. This payment happens separately from the reward you pay to the Worker
|
||
// when you approve the Worker's assignment. The SendBonus operation requires
|
||
// the Worker's ID and the assignment ID as parameters to initiate payment of
|
||
// the bonus. You must include a message that explains the reason for the bonus
|
||
// payment, as the Worker may not be expecting the payment. Amazon Mechanical
|
||
// Turk collects a fee for bonus payments, similar to the HIT listing fee. This
|
||
// operation fails if your account does not have enough funds to pay for both
|
||
// the bonus and the fees.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Mechanical Turk's
|
||
// API operation SendBonus for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceFault "ServiceFault"
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk is temporarily unable to process your request. Try
|
||
// your call again.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeRequestError "RequestError"
|
||
// Your request is invalid.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/SendBonus
|
||
func (c *MTurk) SendBonus(input *SendBonusInput) (*SendBonusOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.SendBonusRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SendBonusWithContext is the same as SendBonus with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See SendBonus for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *MTurk) SendBonusWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *SendBonusInput, opts ...request.Option) (*SendBonusOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.SendBonusRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opSendTestEventNotification = "SendTestEventNotification"
|
||
|
||
// SendTestEventNotificationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the SendTestEventNotification operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfuly.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See SendTestEventNotification for more information on using the SendTestEventNotification
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the SendTestEventNotificationRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.SendTestEventNotificationRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/SendTestEventNotification
|
||
func (c *MTurk) SendTestEventNotificationRequest(input *SendTestEventNotificationInput) (req *request.Request, output *SendTestEventNotificationOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opSendTestEventNotification,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &SendTestEventNotificationInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &SendTestEventNotificationOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SendTestEventNotification API operation for Amazon Mechanical Turk.
|
||
//
|
||
// The SendTestEventNotification operation causes Amazon Mechanical Turk to
|
||
// send a notification message as if a HIT event occurred, according to the
|
||
// provided notification specification. This allows you to test notifications
|
||
// without setting up notifications for a real HIT type and trying to trigger
|
||
// them using the website. When you call this operation, the service attempts
|
||
// to send the test notification immediately.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Mechanical Turk's
|
||
// API operation SendTestEventNotification for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceFault "ServiceFault"
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk is temporarily unable to process your request. Try
|
||
// your call again.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeRequestError "RequestError"
|
||
// Your request is invalid.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/SendTestEventNotification
|
||
func (c *MTurk) SendTestEventNotification(input *SendTestEventNotificationInput) (*SendTestEventNotificationOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.SendTestEventNotificationRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SendTestEventNotificationWithContext is the same as SendTestEventNotification with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See SendTestEventNotification for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *MTurk) SendTestEventNotificationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *SendTestEventNotificationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*SendTestEventNotificationOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.SendTestEventNotificationRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opUpdateExpirationForHIT = "UpdateExpirationForHIT"
|
||
|
||
// UpdateExpirationForHITRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the UpdateExpirationForHIT operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfuly.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See UpdateExpirationForHIT for more information on using the UpdateExpirationForHIT
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the UpdateExpirationForHITRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.UpdateExpirationForHITRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/UpdateExpirationForHIT
|
||
func (c *MTurk) UpdateExpirationForHITRequest(input *UpdateExpirationForHITInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateExpirationForHITOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opUpdateExpirationForHIT,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &UpdateExpirationForHITInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &UpdateExpirationForHITOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// UpdateExpirationForHIT API operation for Amazon Mechanical Turk.
|
||
//
|
||
// The UpdateExpirationForHIT operation allows you update the expiration time
|
||
// of a HIT. If you update it to a time in the past, the HIT will be immediately
|
||
// expired.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Mechanical Turk's
|
||
// API operation UpdateExpirationForHIT for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceFault "ServiceFault"
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk is temporarily unable to process your request. Try
|
||
// your call again.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeRequestError "RequestError"
|
||
// Your request is invalid.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/UpdateExpirationForHIT
|
||
func (c *MTurk) UpdateExpirationForHIT(input *UpdateExpirationForHITInput) (*UpdateExpirationForHITOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.UpdateExpirationForHITRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// UpdateExpirationForHITWithContext is the same as UpdateExpirationForHIT with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See UpdateExpirationForHIT for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *MTurk) UpdateExpirationForHITWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateExpirationForHITInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateExpirationForHITOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.UpdateExpirationForHITRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opUpdateHITReviewStatus = "UpdateHITReviewStatus"
|
||
|
||
// UpdateHITReviewStatusRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the UpdateHITReviewStatus operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfuly.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See UpdateHITReviewStatus for more information on using the UpdateHITReviewStatus
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the UpdateHITReviewStatusRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.UpdateHITReviewStatusRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/UpdateHITReviewStatus
|
||
func (c *MTurk) UpdateHITReviewStatusRequest(input *UpdateHITReviewStatusInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateHITReviewStatusOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opUpdateHITReviewStatus,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &UpdateHITReviewStatusInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &UpdateHITReviewStatusOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// UpdateHITReviewStatus API operation for Amazon Mechanical Turk.
|
||
//
|
||
// The UpdateHITReviewStatus operation updates the status of a HIT. If the status
|
||
// is Reviewable, this operation can update the status to Reviewing, or it can
|
||
// revert a Reviewing HIT back to the Reviewable status.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Mechanical Turk's
|
||
// API operation UpdateHITReviewStatus for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceFault "ServiceFault"
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk is temporarily unable to process your request. Try
|
||
// your call again.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeRequestError "RequestError"
|
||
// Your request is invalid.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/UpdateHITReviewStatus
|
||
func (c *MTurk) UpdateHITReviewStatus(input *UpdateHITReviewStatusInput) (*UpdateHITReviewStatusOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.UpdateHITReviewStatusRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// UpdateHITReviewStatusWithContext is the same as UpdateHITReviewStatus with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See UpdateHITReviewStatus for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *MTurk) UpdateHITReviewStatusWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateHITReviewStatusInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateHITReviewStatusOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.UpdateHITReviewStatusRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opUpdateHITTypeOfHIT = "UpdateHITTypeOfHIT"
|
||
|
||
// UpdateHITTypeOfHITRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the UpdateHITTypeOfHIT operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfuly.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See UpdateHITTypeOfHIT for more information on using the UpdateHITTypeOfHIT
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the UpdateHITTypeOfHITRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.UpdateHITTypeOfHITRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/UpdateHITTypeOfHIT
|
||
func (c *MTurk) UpdateHITTypeOfHITRequest(input *UpdateHITTypeOfHITInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateHITTypeOfHITOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opUpdateHITTypeOfHIT,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &UpdateHITTypeOfHITInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &UpdateHITTypeOfHITOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// UpdateHITTypeOfHIT API operation for Amazon Mechanical Turk.
|
||
//
|
||
// The UpdateHITTypeOfHIT operation allows you to change the HITType properties
|
||
// of a HIT. This operation disassociates the HIT from its old HITType properties
|
||
// and associates it with the new HITType properties. The HIT takes on the properties
|
||
// of the new HITType in place of the old ones.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Mechanical Turk's
|
||
// API operation UpdateHITTypeOfHIT for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceFault "ServiceFault"
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk is temporarily unable to process your request. Try
|
||
// your call again.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeRequestError "RequestError"
|
||
// Your request is invalid.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/UpdateHITTypeOfHIT
|
||
func (c *MTurk) UpdateHITTypeOfHIT(input *UpdateHITTypeOfHITInput) (*UpdateHITTypeOfHITOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.UpdateHITTypeOfHITRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// UpdateHITTypeOfHITWithContext is the same as UpdateHITTypeOfHIT with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See UpdateHITTypeOfHIT for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *MTurk) UpdateHITTypeOfHITWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateHITTypeOfHITInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateHITTypeOfHITOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.UpdateHITTypeOfHITRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opUpdateNotificationSettings = "UpdateNotificationSettings"
|
||
|
||
// UpdateNotificationSettingsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the UpdateNotificationSettings operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfuly.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See UpdateNotificationSettings for more information on using the UpdateNotificationSettings
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the UpdateNotificationSettingsRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.UpdateNotificationSettingsRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/UpdateNotificationSettings
|
||
func (c *MTurk) UpdateNotificationSettingsRequest(input *UpdateNotificationSettingsInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateNotificationSettingsOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opUpdateNotificationSettings,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &UpdateNotificationSettingsInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &UpdateNotificationSettingsOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// UpdateNotificationSettings API operation for Amazon Mechanical Turk.
|
||
//
|
||
// The UpdateNotificationSettings operation creates, updates, disables or re-enables
|
||
// notifications for a HIT type. If you call the UpdateNotificationSettings
|
||
// operation for a HIT type that already has a notification specification, the
|
||
// operation replaces the old specification with a new one. You can call the
|
||
// UpdateNotificationSettings operation to enable or disable notifications for
|
||
// the HIT type, without having to modify the notification specification itself
|
||
// by providing updates to the Active status without specifying a new notification
|
||
// specification. To change the Active status of a HIT type's notifications,
|
||
// the HIT type must already have a notification specification, or one must
|
||
// be provided in the same call to UpdateNotificationSettings.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Mechanical Turk's
|
||
// API operation UpdateNotificationSettings for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceFault "ServiceFault"
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk is temporarily unable to process your request. Try
|
||
// your call again.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeRequestError "RequestError"
|
||
// Your request is invalid.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/UpdateNotificationSettings
|
||
func (c *MTurk) UpdateNotificationSettings(input *UpdateNotificationSettingsInput) (*UpdateNotificationSettingsOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.UpdateNotificationSettingsRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// UpdateNotificationSettingsWithContext is the same as UpdateNotificationSettings with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See UpdateNotificationSettings for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *MTurk) UpdateNotificationSettingsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateNotificationSettingsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateNotificationSettingsOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.UpdateNotificationSettingsRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opUpdateQualificationType = "UpdateQualificationType"
|
||
|
||
// UpdateQualificationTypeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the UpdateQualificationType operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfuly.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See UpdateQualificationType for more information on using the UpdateQualificationType
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the UpdateQualificationTypeRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.UpdateQualificationTypeRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/UpdateQualificationType
|
||
func (c *MTurk) UpdateQualificationTypeRequest(input *UpdateQualificationTypeInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateQualificationTypeOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opUpdateQualificationType,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &UpdateQualificationTypeInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &UpdateQualificationTypeOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// UpdateQualificationType API operation for Amazon Mechanical Turk.
|
||
//
|
||
// The UpdateQualificationType operation modifies the attributes of an existing
|
||
// Qualification type, which is represented by a QualificationType data structure.
|
||
// Only the owner of a Qualification type can modify its attributes.
|
||
//
|
||
// Most attributes of a Qualification type can be changed after the type has
|
||
// been created. However, the Name and Keywords fields cannot be modified. The
|
||
// RetryDelayInSeconds parameter can be modified or added to change the delay
|
||
// or to enable retries, but RetryDelayInSeconds cannot be used to disable retries.
|
||
//
|
||
// You can use this operation to update the test for a Qualification type. The
|
||
// test is updated based on the values specified for the Test, TestDurationInSeconds
|
||
// and AnswerKey parameters. All three parameters specify the updated test.
|
||
// If you are updating the test for a type, you must specify the Test and TestDurationInSeconds
|
||
// parameters. The AnswerKey parameter is optional; omitting it specifies that
|
||
// the updated test does not have an answer key.
|
||
//
|
||
// If you omit the Test parameter, the test for the Qualification type is unchanged.
|
||
// There is no way to remove a test from a Qualification type that has one.
|
||
// If the type already has a test, you cannot update it to be AutoGranted. If
|
||
// the Qualification type does not have a test and one is provided by an update,
|
||
// the type will henceforth have a test.
|
||
//
|
||
// If you want to update the test duration or answer key for an existing test
|
||
// without changing the questions, you must specify a Test parameter with the
|
||
// original questions, along with the updated values.
|
||
//
|
||
// If you provide an updated Test but no AnswerKey, the new test will not have
|
||
// an answer key. Requests for such Qualifications must be granted manually.
|
||
//
|
||
// You can also update the AutoGranted and AutoGrantedValue attributes of the
|
||
// Qualification type.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Mechanical Turk's
|
||
// API operation UpdateQualificationType for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceFault "ServiceFault"
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk is temporarily unable to process your request. Try
|
||
// your call again.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeRequestError "RequestError"
|
||
// Your request is invalid.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mturk-requester-2017-01-17/UpdateQualificationType
|
||
func (c *MTurk) UpdateQualificationType(input *UpdateQualificationTypeInput) (*UpdateQualificationTypeOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.UpdateQualificationTypeRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// UpdateQualificationTypeWithContext is the same as UpdateQualificationType with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See UpdateQualificationType for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *MTurk) UpdateQualificationTypeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateQualificationTypeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateQualificationTypeOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.UpdateQualificationTypeRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type AcceptQualificationRequestInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The value of the Qualification. You can omit this value if you are using
|
||
// the presence or absence of the Qualification as the basis for a HIT requirement.
|
||
IntegerValue *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
||
|
||
// The ID of the Qualification request, as returned by the GetQualificationRequests
|
||
// operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// QualificationRequestId is a required field
|
||
QualificationRequestId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s AcceptQualificationRequestInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s AcceptQualificationRequestInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *AcceptQualificationRequestInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AcceptQualificationRequestInput"}
|
||
if s.QualificationRequestId == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("QualificationRequestId"))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetIntegerValue sets the IntegerValue field's value.
|
||
func (s *AcceptQualificationRequestInput) SetIntegerValue(v int64) *AcceptQualificationRequestInput {
|
||
s.IntegerValue = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetQualificationRequestId sets the QualificationRequestId field's value.
|
||
func (s *AcceptQualificationRequestInput) SetQualificationRequestId(v string) *AcceptQualificationRequestInput {
|
||
s.QualificationRequestId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type AcceptQualificationRequestOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s AcceptQualificationRequestOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s AcceptQualificationRequestOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type ApproveAssignmentInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The ID of the assignment. The assignment must correspond to a HIT created
|
||
// by the Requester.
|
||
//
|
||
// AssignmentId is a required field
|
||
AssignmentId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// A flag indicating that an assignment should be approved even if it was previously
|
||
// rejected. Defaults to False.
|
||
OverrideRejection *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
||
|
||
// A message for the Worker, which the Worker can see in the Status section
|
||
// of the web site.
|
||
RequesterFeedback *string `type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ApproveAssignmentInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ApproveAssignmentInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *ApproveAssignmentInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ApproveAssignmentInput"}
|
||
if s.AssignmentId == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AssignmentId"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.AssignmentId != nil && len(*s.AssignmentId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AssignmentId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetAssignmentId sets the AssignmentId field's value.
|
||
func (s *ApproveAssignmentInput) SetAssignmentId(v string) *ApproveAssignmentInput {
|
||
s.AssignmentId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetOverrideRejection sets the OverrideRejection field's value.
|
||
func (s *ApproveAssignmentInput) SetOverrideRejection(v bool) *ApproveAssignmentInput {
|
||
s.OverrideRejection = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetRequesterFeedback sets the RequesterFeedback field's value.
|
||
func (s *ApproveAssignmentInput) SetRequesterFeedback(v string) *ApproveAssignmentInput {
|
||
s.RequesterFeedback = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type ApproveAssignmentOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ApproveAssignmentOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ApproveAssignmentOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// The Assignment data structure represents a single assignment of a HIT to
|
||
// a Worker. The assignment tracks the Worker's efforts to complete the HIT,
|
||
// and contains the results for later retrieval.
|
||
type Assignment struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The date and time the Worker accepted the assignment.
|
||
AcceptTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
||
|
||
// The Worker's answers submitted for the HIT contained in a QuestionFormAnswers
|
||
// document, if the Worker provides an answer. If the Worker does not provide
|
||
// any answers, Answer may contain a QuestionFormAnswers document, or Answer
|
||
// may be empty.
|
||
Answer *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// If the Worker has submitted results and the Requester has approved the results,
|
||
// ApprovalTime is the date and time the Requester approved the results. This
|
||
// value is omitted from the assignment if the Requester has not yet approved
|
||
// the results.
|
||
ApprovalTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
||
|
||
// A unique identifier for the assignment.
|
||
AssignmentId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The status of the assignment.
|
||
AssignmentStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"AssignmentStatus"`
|
||
|
||
// If results have been submitted, AutoApprovalTime is the date and time the
|
||
// results of the assignment results are considered Approved automatically if
|
||
// they have not already been explicitly approved or rejected by the Requester.
|
||
// This value is derived from the auto-approval delay specified by the Requester
|
||
// in the HIT. This value is omitted from the assignment if the Worker has not
|
||
// yet submitted results.
|
||
AutoApprovalTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
||
|
||
// The date and time of the deadline for the assignment. This value is derived
|
||
// from the deadline specification for the HIT and the date and time the Worker
|
||
// accepted the HIT.
|
||
Deadline *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
||
|
||
// The ID of the HIT.
|
||
HITId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// If the Worker has submitted results and the Requester has rejected the results,
|
||
// RejectionTime is the date and time the Requester rejected the results.
|
||
RejectionTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
||
|
||
// The feedback string included with the call to the ApproveAssignment operation
|
||
// or the RejectAssignment operation, if the Requester approved or rejected
|
||
// the assignment and specified feedback.
|
||
RequesterFeedback *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// If the Worker has submitted results, SubmitTime is the date and time the
|
||
// assignment was submitted. This value is omitted from the assignment if the
|
||
// Worker has not yet submitted results.
|
||
SubmitTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
||
|
||
// The ID of the Worker who accepted the HIT.
|
||
WorkerId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s Assignment) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s Assignment) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetAcceptTime sets the AcceptTime field's value.
|
||
func (s *Assignment) SetAcceptTime(v time.Time) *Assignment {
|
||
s.AcceptTime = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetAnswer sets the Answer field's value.
|
||
func (s *Assignment) SetAnswer(v string) *Assignment {
|
||
s.Answer = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetApprovalTime sets the ApprovalTime field's value.
|
||
func (s *Assignment) SetApprovalTime(v time.Time) *Assignment {
|
||
s.ApprovalTime = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetAssignmentId sets the AssignmentId field's value.
|
||
func (s *Assignment) SetAssignmentId(v string) *Assignment {
|
||
s.AssignmentId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetAssignmentStatus sets the AssignmentStatus field's value.
|
||
func (s *Assignment) SetAssignmentStatus(v string) *Assignment {
|
||
s.AssignmentStatus = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetAutoApprovalTime sets the AutoApprovalTime field's value.
|
||
func (s *Assignment) SetAutoApprovalTime(v time.Time) *Assignment {
|
||
s.AutoApprovalTime = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetDeadline sets the Deadline field's value.
|
||
func (s *Assignment) SetDeadline(v time.Time) *Assignment {
|
||
s.Deadline = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetHITId sets the HITId field's value.
|
||
func (s *Assignment) SetHITId(v string) *Assignment {
|
||
s.HITId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetRejectionTime sets the RejectionTime field's value.
|
||
func (s *Assignment) SetRejectionTime(v time.Time) *Assignment {
|
||
s.RejectionTime = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetRequesterFeedback sets the RequesterFeedback field's value.
|
||
func (s *Assignment) SetRequesterFeedback(v string) *Assignment {
|
||
s.RequesterFeedback = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetSubmitTime sets the SubmitTime field's value.
|
||
func (s *Assignment) SetSubmitTime(v time.Time) *Assignment {
|
||
s.SubmitTime = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetWorkerId sets the WorkerId field's value.
|
||
func (s *Assignment) SetWorkerId(v string) *Assignment {
|
||
s.WorkerId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type AssociateQualificationWithWorkerInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The value of the Qualification to assign.
|
||
IntegerValue *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
||
|
||
// The ID of the Qualification type to use for the assigned Qualification.
|
||
//
|
||
// QualificationTypeId is a required field
|
||
QualificationTypeId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// Specifies whether to send a notification email message to the Worker saying
|
||
// that the qualification was assigned to the Worker. Note: this is true by
|
||
// default.
|
||
SendNotification *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
||
|
||
// The ID of the Worker to whom the Qualification is being assigned. Worker
|
||
// IDs are included with submitted HIT assignments and Qualification requests.
|
||
//
|
||
// WorkerId is a required field
|
||
WorkerId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s AssociateQualificationWithWorkerInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s AssociateQualificationWithWorkerInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *AssociateQualificationWithWorkerInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AssociateQualificationWithWorkerInput"}
|
||
if s.QualificationTypeId == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("QualificationTypeId"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.QualificationTypeId != nil && len(*s.QualificationTypeId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("QualificationTypeId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.WorkerId == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("WorkerId"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.WorkerId != nil && len(*s.WorkerId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("WorkerId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetIntegerValue sets the IntegerValue field's value.
|
||
func (s *AssociateQualificationWithWorkerInput) SetIntegerValue(v int64) *AssociateQualificationWithWorkerInput {
|
||
s.IntegerValue = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetQualificationTypeId sets the QualificationTypeId field's value.
|
||
func (s *AssociateQualificationWithWorkerInput) SetQualificationTypeId(v string) *AssociateQualificationWithWorkerInput {
|
||
s.QualificationTypeId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetSendNotification sets the SendNotification field's value.
|
||
func (s *AssociateQualificationWithWorkerInput) SetSendNotification(v bool) *AssociateQualificationWithWorkerInput {
|
||
s.SendNotification = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetWorkerId sets the WorkerId field's value.
|
||
func (s *AssociateQualificationWithWorkerInput) SetWorkerId(v string) *AssociateQualificationWithWorkerInput {
|
||
s.WorkerId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type AssociateQualificationWithWorkerOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s AssociateQualificationWithWorkerOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s AssociateQualificationWithWorkerOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// An object representing a Bonus payment paid to a Worker.
|
||
type BonusPayment struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The ID of the assignment associated with this bonus payment.
|
||
AssignmentId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// A string representing a currency amount.
|
||
BonusAmount *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The date and time of when the bonus was granted.
|
||
GrantTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
||
|
||
// The Reason text given when the bonus was granted, if any.
|
||
Reason *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The ID of the Worker to whom the bonus was paid.
|
||
WorkerId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s BonusPayment) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s BonusPayment) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetAssignmentId sets the AssignmentId field's value.
|
||
func (s *BonusPayment) SetAssignmentId(v string) *BonusPayment {
|
||
s.AssignmentId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBonusAmount sets the BonusAmount field's value.
|
||
func (s *BonusPayment) SetBonusAmount(v string) *BonusPayment {
|
||
s.BonusAmount = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetGrantTime sets the GrantTime field's value.
|
||
func (s *BonusPayment) SetGrantTime(v time.Time) *BonusPayment {
|
||
s.GrantTime = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetReason sets the Reason field's value.
|
||
func (s *BonusPayment) SetReason(v string) *BonusPayment {
|
||
s.Reason = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetWorkerId sets the WorkerId field's value.
|
||
func (s *BonusPayment) SetWorkerId(v string) *BonusPayment {
|
||
s.WorkerId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type CreateAdditionalAssignmentsForHITInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The ID of the HIT to extend.
|
||
//
|
||
// HITId is a required field
|
||
HITId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// The number of additional assignments to request for this HIT.
|
||
//
|
||
// NumberOfAdditionalAssignments is a required field
|
||
NumberOfAdditionalAssignments *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// A unique identifier for this request, which allows you to retry the call
|
||
// on error without extending the HIT multiple times. This is useful in cases
|
||
// such as network timeouts where it is unclear whether or not the call succeeded
|
||
// on the server. If the extend HIT already exists in the system from a previous
|
||
// call using the same UniqueRequestToken, subsequent calls will return an error
|
||
// with a message containing the request ID.
|
||
UniqueRequestToken *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s CreateAdditionalAssignmentsForHITInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s CreateAdditionalAssignmentsForHITInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *CreateAdditionalAssignmentsForHITInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateAdditionalAssignmentsForHITInput"}
|
||
if s.HITId == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("HITId"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.HITId != nil && len(*s.HITId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("HITId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.NumberOfAdditionalAssignments == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NumberOfAdditionalAssignments"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.UniqueRequestToken != nil && len(*s.UniqueRequestToken) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("UniqueRequestToken", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetHITId sets the HITId field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateAdditionalAssignmentsForHITInput) SetHITId(v string) *CreateAdditionalAssignmentsForHITInput {
|
||
s.HITId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNumberOfAdditionalAssignments sets the NumberOfAdditionalAssignments field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateAdditionalAssignmentsForHITInput) SetNumberOfAdditionalAssignments(v int64) *CreateAdditionalAssignmentsForHITInput {
|
||
s.NumberOfAdditionalAssignments = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetUniqueRequestToken sets the UniqueRequestToken field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateAdditionalAssignmentsForHITInput) SetUniqueRequestToken(v string) *CreateAdditionalAssignmentsForHITInput {
|
||
s.UniqueRequestToken = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type CreateAdditionalAssignmentsForHITOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s CreateAdditionalAssignmentsForHITOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s CreateAdditionalAssignmentsForHITOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type CreateHITInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The amount of time, in seconds, that a Worker has to complete the HIT after
|
||
// accepting it. If a Worker does not complete the assignment within the specified
|
||
// duration, the assignment is considered abandoned. If the HIT is still active
|
||
// (that is, its lifetime has not elapsed), the assignment becomes available
|
||
// for other users to find and accept.
|
||
//
|
||
// AssignmentDurationInSeconds is a required field
|
||
AssignmentDurationInSeconds *int64 `type:"long" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// The Assignment-level Review Policy applies to the assignments under the HIT.
|
||
// You can specify for Mechanical Turk to take various actions based on the
|
||
// policy.
|
||
AssignmentReviewPolicy *ReviewPolicy `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The number of seconds after an assignment for the HIT has been submitted,
|
||
// after which the assignment is considered Approved automatically unless the
|
||
// Requester explicitly rejects it.
|
||
AutoApprovalDelayInSeconds *int64 `type:"long"`
|
||
|
||
// A general description of the HIT. A description includes detailed information
|
||
// about the kind of task the HIT contains. On the Amazon Mechanical Turk web
|
||
// site, the HIT description appears in the expanded view of search results,
|
||
// and in the HIT and assignment screens. A good description gives the user
|
||
// enough information to evaluate the HIT before accepting it.
|
||
//
|
||
// Description is a required field
|
||
Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// The HITLayoutId allows you to use a pre-existing HIT design with placeholder
|
||
// values and create an additional HIT by providing those values as HITLayoutParameters.
|
||
//
|
||
// Constraints: Either a Question parameter or a HITLayoutId parameter must
|
||
// be provided.
|
||
HITLayoutId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// If the HITLayoutId is provided, any placeholder values must be filled in
|
||
// with values using the HITLayoutParameter structure. For more information,
|
||
// see HITLayout.
|
||
HITLayoutParameters []*HITLayoutParameter `type:"list"`
|
||
|
||
// The HIT-level Review Policy applies to the HIT. You can specify for Mechanical
|
||
// Turk to take various actions based on the policy.
|
||
HITReviewPolicy *ReviewPolicy `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// One or more words or phrases that describe the HIT, separated by commas.
|
||
// These words are used in searches to find HITs.
|
||
Keywords *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// An amount of time, in seconds, after which the HIT is no longer available
|
||
// for users to accept. After the lifetime of the HIT elapses, the HIT no longer
|
||
// appears in HIT searches, even if not all of the assignments for the HIT have
|
||
// been accepted.
|
||
//
|
||
// LifetimeInSeconds is a required field
|
||
LifetimeInSeconds *int64 `type:"long" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// The number of times the HIT can be accepted and completed before the HIT
|
||
// becomes unavailable.
|
||
MaxAssignments *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
||
|
||
// Conditions that a Worker's Qualifications must meet in order to accept the
|
||
// HIT. A HIT can have between zero and ten Qualification requirements. All
|
||
// requirements must be met in order for a Worker to accept the HIT. Additionally,
|
||
// other actions can be restricted using the ActionsGuarded field on each QualificationRequirement
|
||
// structure.
|
||
QualificationRequirements []*QualificationRequirement `type:"list"`
|
||
|
||
// The data the person completing the HIT uses to produce the results.
|
||
//
|
||
// Constraints: Must be a QuestionForm data structure, an ExternalQuestion data
|
||
// structure, or an HTMLQuestion data structure. The XML question data must
|
||
// not be larger than 64 kilobytes (65,535 bytes) in size, including whitespace.
|
||
//
|
||
// Either a Question parameter or a HITLayoutId parameter must be provided.
|
||
Question *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// An arbitrary data field. The RequesterAnnotation parameter lets your application
|
||
// attach arbitrary data to the HIT for tracking purposes. For example, this
|
||
// parameter could be an identifier internal to the Requester's application
|
||
// that corresponds with the HIT.
|
||
//
|
||
// The RequesterAnnotation parameter for a HIT is only visible to the Requester
|
||
// who created the HIT. It is not shown to the Worker, or any other Requester.
|
||
//
|
||
// The RequesterAnnotation parameter may be different for each HIT you submit.
|
||
// It does not affect how your HITs are grouped.
|
||
RequesterAnnotation *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The amount of money the Requester will pay a Worker for successfully completing
|
||
// the HIT.
|
||
//
|
||
// Reward is a required field
|
||
Reward *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// The title of the HIT. A title should be short and descriptive about the kind
|
||
// of task the HIT contains. On the Amazon Mechanical Turk web site, the HIT
|
||
// title appears in search results, and everywhere the HIT is mentioned.
|
||
//
|
||
// Title is a required field
|
||
Title *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// A unique identifier for this request which allows you to retry the call on
|
||
// error without creating duplicate HITs. This is useful in cases such as network
|
||
// timeouts where it is unclear whether or not the call succeeded on the server.
|
||
// If the HIT already exists in the system from a previous call using the same
|
||
// UniqueRequestToken, subsequent calls will return a AWS.MechanicalTurk.HitAlreadyExists
|
||
// error with a message containing the HITId.
|
||
//
|
||
// Note: It is your responsibility to ensure uniqueness of the token. The unique
|
||
// token expires after 24 hours. Subsequent calls using the same UniqueRequestToken
|
||
// made after the 24 hour limit could create duplicate HITs.
|
||
UniqueRequestToken *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s CreateHITInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s CreateHITInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *CreateHITInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateHITInput"}
|
||
if s.AssignmentDurationInSeconds == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AssignmentDurationInSeconds"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.Description == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Description"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.HITLayoutId != nil && len(*s.HITLayoutId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("HITLayoutId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.LifetimeInSeconds == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LifetimeInSeconds"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.Reward == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Reward"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.Title == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Title"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.UniqueRequestToken != nil && len(*s.UniqueRequestToken) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("UniqueRequestToken", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.AssignmentReviewPolicy != nil {
|
||
if err := s.AssignmentReviewPolicy.Validate(); err != nil {
|
||
invalidParams.AddNested("AssignmentReviewPolicy", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
if s.HITLayoutParameters != nil {
|
||
for i, v := range s.HITLayoutParameters {
|
||
if v == nil {
|
||
continue
|
||
}
|
||
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
||
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "HITLayoutParameters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
if s.HITReviewPolicy != nil {
|
||
if err := s.HITReviewPolicy.Validate(); err != nil {
|
||
invalidParams.AddNested("HITReviewPolicy", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
if s.QualificationRequirements != nil {
|
||
for i, v := range s.QualificationRequirements {
|
||
if v == nil {
|
||
continue
|
||
}
|
||
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
||
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "QualificationRequirements", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetAssignmentDurationInSeconds sets the AssignmentDurationInSeconds field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateHITInput) SetAssignmentDurationInSeconds(v int64) *CreateHITInput {
|
||
s.AssignmentDurationInSeconds = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetAssignmentReviewPolicy sets the AssignmentReviewPolicy field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateHITInput) SetAssignmentReviewPolicy(v *ReviewPolicy) *CreateHITInput {
|
||
s.AssignmentReviewPolicy = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetAutoApprovalDelayInSeconds sets the AutoApprovalDelayInSeconds field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateHITInput) SetAutoApprovalDelayInSeconds(v int64) *CreateHITInput {
|
||
s.AutoApprovalDelayInSeconds = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateHITInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateHITInput {
|
||
s.Description = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetHITLayoutId sets the HITLayoutId field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateHITInput) SetHITLayoutId(v string) *CreateHITInput {
|
||
s.HITLayoutId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetHITLayoutParameters sets the HITLayoutParameters field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateHITInput) SetHITLayoutParameters(v []*HITLayoutParameter) *CreateHITInput {
|
||
s.HITLayoutParameters = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetHITReviewPolicy sets the HITReviewPolicy field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateHITInput) SetHITReviewPolicy(v *ReviewPolicy) *CreateHITInput {
|
||
s.HITReviewPolicy = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetKeywords sets the Keywords field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateHITInput) SetKeywords(v string) *CreateHITInput {
|
||
s.Keywords = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetLifetimeInSeconds sets the LifetimeInSeconds field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateHITInput) SetLifetimeInSeconds(v int64) *CreateHITInput {
|
||
s.LifetimeInSeconds = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetMaxAssignments sets the MaxAssignments field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateHITInput) SetMaxAssignments(v int64) *CreateHITInput {
|
||
s.MaxAssignments = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetQualificationRequirements sets the QualificationRequirements field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateHITInput) SetQualificationRequirements(v []*QualificationRequirement) *CreateHITInput {
|
||
s.QualificationRequirements = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetQuestion sets the Question field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateHITInput) SetQuestion(v string) *CreateHITInput {
|
||
s.Question = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetRequesterAnnotation sets the RequesterAnnotation field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateHITInput) SetRequesterAnnotation(v string) *CreateHITInput {
|
||
s.RequesterAnnotation = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetReward sets the Reward field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateHITInput) SetReward(v string) *CreateHITInput {
|
||
s.Reward = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetTitle sets the Title field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateHITInput) SetTitle(v string) *CreateHITInput {
|
||
s.Title = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetUniqueRequestToken sets the UniqueRequestToken field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateHITInput) SetUniqueRequestToken(v string) *CreateHITInput {
|
||
s.UniqueRequestToken = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type CreateHITOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// Contains the newly created HIT data. For a description of the HIT data structure
|
||
// as it appears in responses, see the HIT Data Structure documentation.
|
||
HIT *HIT `type:"structure"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s CreateHITOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s CreateHITOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetHIT sets the HIT field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateHITOutput) SetHIT(v *HIT) *CreateHITOutput {
|
||
s.HIT = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type CreateHITTypeInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The amount of time, in seconds, that a Worker has to complete the HIT after
|
||
// accepting it. If a Worker does not complete the assignment within the specified
|
||
// duration, the assignment is considered abandoned. If the HIT is still active
|
||
// (that is, its lifetime has not elapsed), the assignment becomes available
|
||
// for other users to find and accept.
|
||
//
|
||
// AssignmentDurationInSeconds is a required field
|
||
AssignmentDurationInSeconds *int64 `type:"long" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// The number of seconds after an assignment for the HIT has been submitted,
|
||
// after which the assignment is considered Approved automatically unless the
|
||
// Requester explicitly rejects it.
|
||
AutoApprovalDelayInSeconds *int64 `type:"long"`
|
||
|
||
// A general description of the HIT. A description includes detailed information
|
||
// about the kind of task the HIT contains. On the Amazon Mechanical Turk web
|
||
// site, the HIT description appears in the expanded view of search results,
|
||
// and in the HIT and assignment screens. A good description gives the user
|
||
// enough information to evaluate the HIT before accepting it.
|
||
//
|
||
// Description is a required field
|
||
Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// One or more words or phrases that describe the HIT, separated by commas.
|
||
// These words are used in searches to find HITs.
|
||
Keywords *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// Conditions that a Worker's Qualifications must meet in order to accept the
|
||
// HIT. A HIT can have between zero and ten Qualification requirements. All
|
||
// requirements must be met in order for a Worker to accept the HIT. Additionally,
|
||
// other actions can be restricted using the ActionsGuarded field on each QualificationRequirement
|
||
// structure.
|
||
QualificationRequirements []*QualificationRequirement `type:"list"`
|
||
|
||
// The amount of money the Requester will pay a Worker for successfully completing
|
||
// the HIT.
|
||
//
|
||
// Reward is a required field
|
||
Reward *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// The title of the HIT. A title should be short and descriptive about the kind
|
||
// of task the HIT contains. On the Amazon Mechanical Turk web site, the HIT
|
||
// title appears in search results, and everywhere the HIT is mentioned.
|
||
//
|
||
// Title is a required field
|
||
Title *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s CreateHITTypeInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s CreateHITTypeInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *CreateHITTypeInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateHITTypeInput"}
|
||
if s.AssignmentDurationInSeconds == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AssignmentDurationInSeconds"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.Description == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Description"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.Reward == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Reward"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.Title == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Title"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.QualificationRequirements != nil {
|
||
for i, v := range s.QualificationRequirements {
|
||
if v == nil {
|
||
continue
|
||
}
|
||
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
||
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "QualificationRequirements", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetAssignmentDurationInSeconds sets the AssignmentDurationInSeconds field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateHITTypeInput) SetAssignmentDurationInSeconds(v int64) *CreateHITTypeInput {
|
||
s.AssignmentDurationInSeconds = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetAutoApprovalDelayInSeconds sets the AutoApprovalDelayInSeconds field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateHITTypeInput) SetAutoApprovalDelayInSeconds(v int64) *CreateHITTypeInput {
|
||
s.AutoApprovalDelayInSeconds = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateHITTypeInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateHITTypeInput {
|
||
s.Description = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetKeywords sets the Keywords field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateHITTypeInput) SetKeywords(v string) *CreateHITTypeInput {
|
||
s.Keywords = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetQualificationRequirements sets the QualificationRequirements field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateHITTypeInput) SetQualificationRequirements(v []*QualificationRequirement) *CreateHITTypeInput {
|
||
s.QualificationRequirements = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetReward sets the Reward field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateHITTypeInput) SetReward(v string) *CreateHITTypeInput {
|
||
s.Reward = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetTitle sets the Title field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateHITTypeInput) SetTitle(v string) *CreateHITTypeInput {
|
||
s.Title = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type CreateHITTypeOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The ID of the newly registered HIT type.
|
||
HITTypeId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s CreateHITTypeOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s CreateHITTypeOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetHITTypeId sets the HITTypeId field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateHITTypeOutput) SetHITTypeId(v string) *CreateHITTypeOutput {
|
||
s.HITTypeId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type CreateHITWithHITTypeInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The Assignment-level Review Policy applies to the assignments under the HIT.
|
||
// You can specify for Mechanical Turk to take various actions based on the
|
||
// policy.
|
||
AssignmentReviewPolicy *ReviewPolicy `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The HITLayoutId allows you to use a pre-existing HIT design with placeholder
|
||
// values and create an additional HIT by providing those values as HITLayoutParameters.
|
||
//
|
||
// Constraints: Either a Question parameter or a HITLayoutId parameter must
|
||
// be provided.
|
||
HITLayoutId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// If the HITLayoutId is provided, any placeholder values must be filled in
|
||
// with values using the HITLayoutParameter structure. For more information,
|
||
// see HITLayout.
|
||
HITLayoutParameters []*HITLayoutParameter `type:"list"`
|
||
|
||
// The HIT-level Review Policy applies to the HIT. You can specify for Mechanical
|
||
// Turk to take various actions based on the policy.
|
||
HITReviewPolicy *ReviewPolicy `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The HIT type ID you want to create this HIT with.
|
||
//
|
||
// HITTypeId is a required field
|
||
HITTypeId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// An amount of time, in seconds, after which the HIT is no longer available
|
||
// for users to accept. After the lifetime of the HIT elapses, the HIT no longer
|
||
// appears in HIT searches, even if not all of the assignments for the HIT have
|
||
// been accepted.
|
||
//
|
||
// LifetimeInSeconds is a required field
|
||
LifetimeInSeconds *int64 `type:"long" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// The number of times the HIT can be accepted and completed before the HIT
|
||
// becomes unavailable.
|
||
MaxAssignments *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
||
|
||
// The data the person completing the HIT uses to produce the results.
|
||
//
|
||
// Constraints: Must be a QuestionForm data structure, an ExternalQuestion data
|
||
// structure, or an HTMLQuestion data structure. The XML question data must
|
||
// not be larger than 64 kilobytes (65,535 bytes) in size, including whitespace.
|
||
//
|
||
// Either a Question parameter or a HITLayoutId parameter must be provided.
|
||
Question *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// An arbitrary data field. The RequesterAnnotation parameter lets your application
|
||
// attach arbitrary data to the HIT for tracking purposes. For example, this
|
||
// parameter could be an identifier internal to the Requester's application
|
||
// that corresponds with the HIT.
|
||
//
|
||
// The RequesterAnnotation parameter for a HIT is only visible to the Requester
|
||
// who created the HIT. It is not shown to the Worker, or any other Requester.
|
||
//
|
||
// The RequesterAnnotation parameter may be different for each HIT you submit.
|
||
// It does not affect how your HITs are grouped.
|
||
RequesterAnnotation *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// A unique identifier for this request which allows you to retry the call on
|
||
// error without creating duplicate HITs. This is useful in cases such as network
|
||
// timeouts where it is unclear whether or not the call succeeded on the server.
|
||
// If the HIT already exists in the system from a previous call using the same
|
||
// UniqueRequestToken, subsequent calls will return a AWS.MechanicalTurk.HitAlreadyExists
|
||
// error with a message containing the HITId.
|
||
//
|
||
// Note: It is your responsibility to ensure uniqueness of the token. The unique
|
||
// token expires after 24 hours. Subsequent calls using the same UniqueRequestToken
|
||
// made after the 24 hour limit could create duplicate HITs.
|
||
UniqueRequestToken *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s CreateHITWithHITTypeInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s CreateHITWithHITTypeInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *CreateHITWithHITTypeInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateHITWithHITTypeInput"}
|
||
if s.HITLayoutId != nil && len(*s.HITLayoutId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("HITLayoutId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.HITTypeId == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("HITTypeId"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.HITTypeId != nil && len(*s.HITTypeId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("HITTypeId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.LifetimeInSeconds == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LifetimeInSeconds"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.UniqueRequestToken != nil && len(*s.UniqueRequestToken) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("UniqueRequestToken", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.AssignmentReviewPolicy != nil {
|
||
if err := s.AssignmentReviewPolicy.Validate(); err != nil {
|
||
invalidParams.AddNested("AssignmentReviewPolicy", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
if s.HITLayoutParameters != nil {
|
||
for i, v := range s.HITLayoutParameters {
|
||
if v == nil {
|
||
continue
|
||
}
|
||
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
||
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "HITLayoutParameters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
if s.HITReviewPolicy != nil {
|
||
if err := s.HITReviewPolicy.Validate(); err != nil {
|
||
invalidParams.AddNested("HITReviewPolicy", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetAssignmentReviewPolicy sets the AssignmentReviewPolicy field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateHITWithHITTypeInput) SetAssignmentReviewPolicy(v *ReviewPolicy) *CreateHITWithHITTypeInput {
|
||
s.AssignmentReviewPolicy = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetHITLayoutId sets the HITLayoutId field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateHITWithHITTypeInput) SetHITLayoutId(v string) *CreateHITWithHITTypeInput {
|
||
s.HITLayoutId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetHITLayoutParameters sets the HITLayoutParameters field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateHITWithHITTypeInput) SetHITLayoutParameters(v []*HITLayoutParameter) *CreateHITWithHITTypeInput {
|
||
s.HITLayoutParameters = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetHITReviewPolicy sets the HITReviewPolicy field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateHITWithHITTypeInput) SetHITReviewPolicy(v *ReviewPolicy) *CreateHITWithHITTypeInput {
|
||
s.HITReviewPolicy = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetHITTypeId sets the HITTypeId field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateHITWithHITTypeInput) SetHITTypeId(v string) *CreateHITWithHITTypeInput {
|
||
s.HITTypeId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetLifetimeInSeconds sets the LifetimeInSeconds field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateHITWithHITTypeInput) SetLifetimeInSeconds(v int64) *CreateHITWithHITTypeInput {
|
||
s.LifetimeInSeconds = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetMaxAssignments sets the MaxAssignments field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateHITWithHITTypeInput) SetMaxAssignments(v int64) *CreateHITWithHITTypeInput {
|
||
s.MaxAssignments = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetQuestion sets the Question field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateHITWithHITTypeInput) SetQuestion(v string) *CreateHITWithHITTypeInput {
|
||
s.Question = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetRequesterAnnotation sets the RequesterAnnotation field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateHITWithHITTypeInput) SetRequesterAnnotation(v string) *CreateHITWithHITTypeInput {
|
||
s.RequesterAnnotation = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetUniqueRequestToken sets the UniqueRequestToken field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateHITWithHITTypeInput) SetUniqueRequestToken(v string) *CreateHITWithHITTypeInput {
|
||
s.UniqueRequestToken = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type CreateHITWithHITTypeOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// Contains the newly created HIT data. For a description of the HIT data structure
|
||
// as it appears in responses, see the HIT Data Structure documentation.
|
||
HIT *HIT `type:"structure"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s CreateHITWithHITTypeOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s CreateHITWithHITTypeOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetHIT sets the HIT field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateHITWithHITTypeOutput) SetHIT(v *HIT) *CreateHITWithHITTypeOutput {
|
||
s.HIT = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type CreateQualificationTypeInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The answers to the Qualification test specified in the Test parameter, in
|
||
// the form of an AnswerKey data structure.
|
||
//
|
||
// Constraints: Must not be longer than 65535 bytes.
|
||
//
|
||
// Constraints: None. If not specified, you must process Qualification requests
|
||
// manually.
|
||
AnswerKey *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// Specifies whether requests for the Qualification type are granted immediately,
|
||
// without prompting the Worker with a Qualification test.
|
||
//
|
||
// Constraints: If the Test parameter is specified, this parameter cannot be
|
||
// true.
|
||
AutoGranted *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
||
|
||
// The Qualification value to use for automatically granted Qualifications.
|
||
// This parameter is used only if the AutoGranted parameter is true.
|
||
AutoGrantedValue *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
||
|
||
// A long description for the Qualification type. On the Amazon Mechanical Turk
|
||
// website, the long description is displayed when a Worker examines a Qualification
|
||
// type.
|
||
//
|
||
// Description is a required field
|
||
Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// One or more words or phrases that describe the Qualification type, separated
|
||
// by commas. The keywords of a type make the type easier to find during a search.
|
||
Keywords *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The name you give to the Qualification type. The type name is used to represent
|
||
// the Qualification to Workers, and to find the type using a Qualification
|
||
// type search. It must be unique across all of your Qualification types.
|
||
//
|
||
// Name is a required field
|
||
Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// The initial status of the Qualification type.
|
||
//
|
||
// Constraints: Valid values are: Active | Inactive
|
||
//
|
||
// QualificationTypeStatus is a required field
|
||
QualificationTypeStatus *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"QualificationTypeStatus"`
|
||
|
||
// The number of seconds that a Worker must wait after requesting a Qualification
|
||
// of the Qualification type before the worker can retry the Qualification request.
|
||
//
|
||
// Constraints: None. If not specified, retries are disabled and Workers can
|
||
// request a Qualification of this type only once, even if the Worker has not
|
||
// been granted the Qualification. It is not possible to disable retries for
|
||
// a Qualification type after it has been created with retries enabled. If you
|
||
// want to disable retries, you must delete existing retry-enabled Qualification
|
||
// type and then create a new Qualification type with retries disabled.
|
||
RetryDelayInSeconds *int64 `type:"long"`
|
||
|
||
// The questions for the Qualification test a Worker must answer correctly to
|
||
// obtain a Qualification of this type. If this parameter is specified, TestDurationInSeconds
|
||
// must also be specified.
|
||
//
|
||
// Constraints: Must not be longer than 65535 bytes. Must be a QuestionForm
|
||
// data structure. This parameter cannot be specified if AutoGranted is true.
|
||
//
|
||
// Constraints: None. If not specified, the Worker may request the Qualification
|
||
// without answering any questions.
|
||
Test *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The number of seconds the Worker has to complete the Qualification test,
|
||
// starting from the time the Worker requests the Qualification.
|
||
TestDurationInSeconds *int64 `type:"long"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s CreateQualificationTypeInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s CreateQualificationTypeInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *CreateQualificationTypeInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateQualificationTypeInput"}
|
||
if s.Description == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Description"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.Name == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.QualificationTypeStatus == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("QualificationTypeStatus"))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetAnswerKey sets the AnswerKey field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateQualificationTypeInput) SetAnswerKey(v string) *CreateQualificationTypeInput {
|
||
s.AnswerKey = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetAutoGranted sets the AutoGranted field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateQualificationTypeInput) SetAutoGranted(v bool) *CreateQualificationTypeInput {
|
||
s.AutoGranted = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetAutoGrantedValue sets the AutoGrantedValue field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateQualificationTypeInput) SetAutoGrantedValue(v int64) *CreateQualificationTypeInput {
|
||
s.AutoGrantedValue = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateQualificationTypeInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateQualificationTypeInput {
|
||
s.Description = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetKeywords sets the Keywords field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateQualificationTypeInput) SetKeywords(v string) *CreateQualificationTypeInput {
|
||
s.Keywords = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateQualificationTypeInput) SetName(v string) *CreateQualificationTypeInput {
|
||
s.Name = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetQualificationTypeStatus sets the QualificationTypeStatus field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateQualificationTypeInput) SetQualificationTypeStatus(v string) *CreateQualificationTypeInput {
|
||
s.QualificationTypeStatus = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetRetryDelayInSeconds sets the RetryDelayInSeconds field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateQualificationTypeInput) SetRetryDelayInSeconds(v int64) *CreateQualificationTypeInput {
|
||
s.RetryDelayInSeconds = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetTest sets the Test field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateQualificationTypeInput) SetTest(v string) *CreateQualificationTypeInput {
|
||
s.Test = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetTestDurationInSeconds sets the TestDurationInSeconds field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateQualificationTypeInput) SetTestDurationInSeconds(v int64) *CreateQualificationTypeInput {
|
||
s.TestDurationInSeconds = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type CreateQualificationTypeOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The created Qualification type, returned as a QualificationType data structure.
|
||
QualificationType *QualificationType `type:"structure"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s CreateQualificationTypeOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s CreateQualificationTypeOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetQualificationType sets the QualificationType field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateQualificationTypeOutput) SetQualificationType(v *QualificationType) *CreateQualificationTypeOutput {
|
||
s.QualificationType = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type CreateWorkerBlockInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// A message explaining the reason for blocking the Worker. This parameter enables
|
||
// you to keep track of your Workers. The Worker does not see this message.
|
||
//
|
||
// Reason is a required field
|
||
Reason *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// The ID of the Worker to block.
|
||
//
|
||
// WorkerId is a required field
|
||
WorkerId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s CreateWorkerBlockInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s CreateWorkerBlockInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *CreateWorkerBlockInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateWorkerBlockInput"}
|
||
if s.Reason == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Reason"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.WorkerId == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("WorkerId"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.WorkerId != nil && len(*s.WorkerId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("WorkerId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetReason sets the Reason field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateWorkerBlockInput) SetReason(v string) *CreateWorkerBlockInput {
|
||
s.Reason = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetWorkerId sets the WorkerId field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateWorkerBlockInput) SetWorkerId(v string) *CreateWorkerBlockInput {
|
||
s.WorkerId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type CreateWorkerBlockOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s CreateWorkerBlockOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s CreateWorkerBlockOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type DeleteHITInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The ID of the HIT to be deleted.
|
||
//
|
||
// HITId is a required field
|
||
HITId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DeleteHITInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DeleteHITInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *DeleteHITInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteHITInput"}
|
||
if s.HITId == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("HITId"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.HITId != nil && len(*s.HITId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("HITId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetHITId sets the HITId field's value.
|
||
func (s *DeleteHITInput) SetHITId(v string) *DeleteHITInput {
|
||
s.HITId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type DeleteHITOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DeleteHITOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DeleteHITOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type DeleteQualificationTypeInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The ID of the QualificationType to dispose.
|
||
//
|
||
// QualificationTypeId is a required field
|
||
QualificationTypeId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DeleteQualificationTypeInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DeleteQualificationTypeInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *DeleteQualificationTypeInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteQualificationTypeInput"}
|
||
if s.QualificationTypeId == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("QualificationTypeId"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.QualificationTypeId != nil && len(*s.QualificationTypeId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("QualificationTypeId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetQualificationTypeId sets the QualificationTypeId field's value.
|
||
func (s *DeleteQualificationTypeInput) SetQualificationTypeId(v string) *DeleteQualificationTypeInput {
|
||
s.QualificationTypeId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type DeleteQualificationTypeOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DeleteQualificationTypeOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DeleteQualificationTypeOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type DeleteWorkerBlockInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// A message that explains the reason for unblocking the Worker. The Worker
|
||
// does not see this message.
|
||
Reason *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The ID of the Worker to unblock.
|
||
//
|
||
// WorkerId is a required field
|
||
WorkerId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DeleteWorkerBlockInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DeleteWorkerBlockInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *DeleteWorkerBlockInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteWorkerBlockInput"}
|
||
if s.WorkerId == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("WorkerId"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.WorkerId != nil && len(*s.WorkerId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("WorkerId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetReason sets the Reason field's value.
|
||
func (s *DeleteWorkerBlockInput) SetReason(v string) *DeleteWorkerBlockInput {
|
||
s.Reason = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetWorkerId sets the WorkerId field's value.
|
||
func (s *DeleteWorkerBlockInput) SetWorkerId(v string) *DeleteWorkerBlockInput {
|
||
s.WorkerId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type DeleteWorkerBlockOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DeleteWorkerBlockOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DeleteWorkerBlockOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type DisassociateQualificationFromWorkerInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The ID of the Qualification type of the Qualification to be revoked.
|
||
//
|
||
// QualificationTypeId is a required field
|
||
QualificationTypeId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// A text message that explains why the Qualification was revoked. The user
|
||
// who had the Qualification sees this message.
|
||
Reason *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The ID of the Worker who possesses the Qualification to be revoked.
|
||
//
|
||
// WorkerId is a required field
|
||
WorkerId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DisassociateQualificationFromWorkerInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DisassociateQualificationFromWorkerInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *DisassociateQualificationFromWorkerInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DisassociateQualificationFromWorkerInput"}
|
||
if s.QualificationTypeId == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("QualificationTypeId"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.QualificationTypeId != nil && len(*s.QualificationTypeId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("QualificationTypeId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.WorkerId == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("WorkerId"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.WorkerId != nil && len(*s.WorkerId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("WorkerId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetQualificationTypeId sets the QualificationTypeId field's value.
|
||
func (s *DisassociateQualificationFromWorkerInput) SetQualificationTypeId(v string) *DisassociateQualificationFromWorkerInput {
|
||
s.QualificationTypeId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetReason sets the Reason field's value.
|
||
func (s *DisassociateQualificationFromWorkerInput) SetReason(v string) *DisassociateQualificationFromWorkerInput {
|
||
s.Reason = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetWorkerId sets the WorkerId field's value.
|
||
func (s *DisassociateQualificationFromWorkerInput) SetWorkerId(v string) *DisassociateQualificationFromWorkerInput {
|
||
s.WorkerId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type DisassociateQualificationFromWorkerOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DisassociateQualificationFromWorkerOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DisassociateQualificationFromWorkerOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type GetAccountBalanceInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetAccountBalanceInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetAccountBalanceInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type GetAccountBalanceOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// A string representing a currency amount.
|
||
AvailableBalance *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// A string representing a currency amount.
|
||
OnHoldBalance *string `type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetAccountBalanceOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetAccountBalanceOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetAvailableBalance sets the AvailableBalance field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetAccountBalanceOutput) SetAvailableBalance(v string) *GetAccountBalanceOutput {
|
||
s.AvailableBalance = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetOnHoldBalance sets the OnHoldBalance field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetAccountBalanceOutput) SetOnHoldBalance(v string) *GetAccountBalanceOutput {
|
||
s.OnHoldBalance = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type GetAssignmentInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The ID of the Assignment to be retrieved.
|
||
//
|
||
// AssignmentId is a required field
|
||
AssignmentId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetAssignmentInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetAssignmentInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *GetAssignmentInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetAssignmentInput"}
|
||
if s.AssignmentId == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AssignmentId"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.AssignmentId != nil && len(*s.AssignmentId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AssignmentId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetAssignmentId sets the AssignmentId field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetAssignmentInput) SetAssignmentId(v string) *GetAssignmentInput {
|
||
s.AssignmentId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type GetAssignmentOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The assignment. The response includes one Assignment element.
|
||
Assignment *Assignment `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The HIT associated with this assignment. The response includes one HIT element.
|
||
HIT *HIT `type:"structure"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetAssignmentOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetAssignmentOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetAssignment sets the Assignment field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetAssignmentOutput) SetAssignment(v *Assignment) *GetAssignmentOutput {
|
||
s.Assignment = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetHIT sets the HIT field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetAssignmentOutput) SetHIT(v *HIT) *GetAssignmentOutput {
|
||
s.HIT = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type GetFileUploadURLInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The ID of the assignment that contains the question with a FileUploadAnswer.
|
||
//
|
||
// AssignmentId is a required field
|
||
AssignmentId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// The identifier of the question with a FileUploadAnswer, as specified in the
|
||
// QuestionForm of the HIT.
|
||
//
|
||
// QuestionIdentifier is a required field
|
||
QuestionIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetFileUploadURLInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetFileUploadURLInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *GetFileUploadURLInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetFileUploadURLInput"}
|
||
if s.AssignmentId == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AssignmentId"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.AssignmentId != nil && len(*s.AssignmentId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AssignmentId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.QuestionIdentifier == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("QuestionIdentifier"))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetAssignmentId sets the AssignmentId field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetFileUploadURLInput) SetAssignmentId(v string) *GetFileUploadURLInput {
|
||
s.AssignmentId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetQuestionIdentifier sets the QuestionIdentifier field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetFileUploadURLInput) SetQuestionIdentifier(v string) *GetFileUploadURLInput {
|
||
s.QuestionIdentifier = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type GetFileUploadURLOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// A temporary URL for the file that the Worker uploaded for the answer.
|
||
FileUploadURL *string `type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetFileUploadURLOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetFileUploadURLOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetFileUploadURL sets the FileUploadURL field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetFileUploadURLOutput) SetFileUploadURL(v string) *GetFileUploadURLOutput {
|
||
s.FileUploadURL = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type GetHITInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The ID of the HIT to be retrieved.
|
||
//
|
||
// HITId is a required field
|
||
HITId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetHITInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetHITInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *GetHITInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetHITInput"}
|
||
if s.HITId == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("HITId"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.HITId != nil && len(*s.HITId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("HITId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetHITId sets the HITId field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetHITInput) SetHITId(v string) *GetHITInput {
|
||
s.HITId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type GetHITOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// Contains the requested HIT data.
|
||
HIT *HIT `type:"structure"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetHITOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetHITOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetHIT sets the HIT field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetHITOutput) SetHIT(v *HIT) *GetHITOutput {
|
||
s.HIT = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type GetQualificationScoreInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The ID of the QualificationType.
|
||
//
|
||
// QualificationTypeId is a required field
|
||
QualificationTypeId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// The ID of the Worker whose Qualification is being updated.
|
||
//
|
||
// WorkerId is a required field
|
||
WorkerId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetQualificationScoreInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetQualificationScoreInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *GetQualificationScoreInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetQualificationScoreInput"}
|
||
if s.QualificationTypeId == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("QualificationTypeId"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.QualificationTypeId != nil && len(*s.QualificationTypeId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("QualificationTypeId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.WorkerId == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("WorkerId"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.WorkerId != nil && len(*s.WorkerId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("WorkerId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetQualificationTypeId sets the QualificationTypeId field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetQualificationScoreInput) SetQualificationTypeId(v string) *GetQualificationScoreInput {
|
||
s.QualificationTypeId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetWorkerId sets the WorkerId field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetQualificationScoreInput) SetWorkerId(v string) *GetQualificationScoreInput {
|
||
s.WorkerId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type GetQualificationScoreOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The Qualification data structure of the Qualification assigned to a user,
|
||
// including the Qualification type and the value (score).
|
||
Qualification *Qualification `type:"structure"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetQualificationScoreOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetQualificationScoreOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetQualification sets the Qualification field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetQualificationScoreOutput) SetQualification(v *Qualification) *GetQualificationScoreOutput {
|
||
s.Qualification = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type GetQualificationTypeInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The ID of the QualificationType.
|
||
//
|
||
// QualificationTypeId is a required field
|
||
QualificationTypeId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetQualificationTypeInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetQualificationTypeInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *GetQualificationTypeInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetQualificationTypeInput"}
|
||
if s.QualificationTypeId == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("QualificationTypeId"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.QualificationTypeId != nil && len(*s.QualificationTypeId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("QualificationTypeId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetQualificationTypeId sets the QualificationTypeId field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetQualificationTypeInput) SetQualificationTypeId(v string) *GetQualificationTypeInput {
|
||
s.QualificationTypeId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type GetQualificationTypeOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The returned Qualification Type
|
||
QualificationType *QualificationType `type:"structure"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetQualificationTypeOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetQualificationTypeOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetQualificationType sets the QualificationType field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetQualificationTypeOutput) SetQualificationType(v *QualificationType) *GetQualificationTypeOutput {
|
||
s.QualificationType = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// The HIT data structure represents a single HIT, including all the information
|
||
// necessary for a Worker to accept and complete the HIT.
|
||
type HIT struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The length of time, in seconds, that a Worker has to complete the HIT after
|
||
// accepting it.
|
||
AssignmentDurationInSeconds *int64 `type:"long"`
|
||
|
||
// The amount of time, in seconds, after the Worker submits an assignment for
|
||
// the HIT that the results are automatically approved by Amazon Mechanical
|
||
// Turk. This is the amount of time the Requester has to reject an assignment
|
||
// submitted by a Worker before the assignment is auto-approved and the Worker
|
||
// is paid.
|
||
AutoApprovalDelayInSeconds *int64 `type:"long"`
|
||
|
||
// The date and time the HIT was created.
|
||
CreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
||
|
||
// A general description of the HIT.
|
||
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The date and time the HIT expires.
|
||
Expiration *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
||
|
||
// The ID of the HIT Group of this HIT.
|
||
HITGroupId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// A unique identifier for the HIT.
|
||
HITId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The ID of the HIT Layout of this HIT.
|
||
HITLayoutId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// Indicates the review status of the HIT. Valid Values are NotReviewed | MarkedForReview
|
||
// | ReviewedAppropriate | ReviewedInappropriate.
|
||
HITReviewStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"HITReviewStatus"`
|
||
|
||
// The status of the HIT and its assignments. Valid Values are Assignable |
|
||
// Unassignable | Reviewable | Reviewing | Disposed.
|
||
HITStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"HITStatus"`
|
||
|
||
// The ID of the HIT type of this HIT
|
||
HITTypeId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// One or more words or phrases that describe the HIT, separated by commas.
|
||
// Search terms similar to the keywords of a HIT are more likely to have the
|
||
// HIT in the search results.
|
||
Keywords *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The number of times the HIT can be accepted and completed before the HIT
|
||
// becomes unavailable.
|
||
MaxAssignments *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
||
|
||
// The number of assignments for this HIT that are available for Workers to
|
||
// accept.
|
||
NumberOfAssignmentsAvailable *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
||
|
||
// The number of assignments for this HIT that have been approved or rejected.
|
||
NumberOfAssignmentsCompleted *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
||
|
||
// The number of assignments for this HIT that are being previewed or have been
|
||
// accepted by Workers, but have not yet been submitted, returned, or abandoned.
|
||
NumberOfAssignmentsPending *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
||
|
||
// Conditions that a Worker's Qualifications must meet in order to accept the
|
||
// HIT. A HIT can have between zero and ten Qualification requirements. All
|
||
// requirements must be met in order for a Worker to accept the HIT. Additionally,
|
||
// other actions can be restricted using the ActionsGuarded field on each QualificationRequirement
|
||
// structure.
|
||
QualificationRequirements []*QualificationRequirement `type:"list"`
|
||
|
||
// The data the Worker completing the HIT uses produce the results. This is
|
||
// either either a QuestionForm, HTMLQuestion or an ExternalQuestion data structure.
|
||
Question *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// An arbitrary data field the Requester who created the HIT can use. This field
|
||
// is visible only to the creator of the HIT.
|
||
RequesterAnnotation *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// A string representing a currency amount.
|
||
Reward *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The title of the HIT.
|
||
Title *string `type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s HIT) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s HIT) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetAssignmentDurationInSeconds sets the AssignmentDurationInSeconds field's value.
|
||
func (s *HIT) SetAssignmentDurationInSeconds(v int64) *HIT {
|
||
s.AssignmentDurationInSeconds = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetAutoApprovalDelayInSeconds sets the AutoApprovalDelayInSeconds field's value.
|
||
func (s *HIT) SetAutoApprovalDelayInSeconds(v int64) *HIT {
|
||
s.AutoApprovalDelayInSeconds = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetCreationTime sets the CreationTime field's value.
|
||
func (s *HIT) SetCreationTime(v time.Time) *HIT {
|
||
s.CreationTime = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
||
func (s *HIT) SetDescription(v string) *HIT {
|
||
s.Description = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value.
|
||
func (s *HIT) SetExpiration(v time.Time) *HIT {
|
||
s.Expiration = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetHITGroupId sets the HITGroupId field's value.
|
||
func (s *HIT) SetHITGroupId(v string) *HIT {
|
||
s.HITGroupId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetHITId sets the HITId field's value.
|
||
func (s *HIT) SetHITId(v string) *HIT {
|
||
s.HITId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetHITLayoutId sets the HITLayoutId field's value.
|
||
func (s *HIT) SetHITLayoutId(v string) *HIT {
|
||
s.HITLayoutId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetHITReviewStatus sets the HITReviewStatus field's value.
|
||
func (s *HIT) SetHITReviewStatus(v string) *HIT {
|
||
s.HITReviewStatus = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetHITStatus sets the HITStatus field's value.
|
||
func (s *HIT) SetHITStatus(v string) *HIT {
|
||
s.HITStatus = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetHITTypeId sets the HITTypeId field's value.
|
||
func (s *HIT) SetHITTypeId(v string) *HIT {
|
||
s.HITTypeId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetKeywords sets the Keywords field's value.
|
||
func (s *HIT) SetKeywords(v string) *HIT {
|
||
s.Keywords = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetMaxAssignments sets the MaxAssignments field's value.
|
||
func (s *HIT) SetMaxAssignments(v int64) *HIT {
|
||
s.MaxAssignments = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNumberOfAssignmentsAvailable sets the NumberOfAssignmentsAvailable field's value.
|
||
func (s *HIT) SetNumberOfAssignmentsAvailable(v int64) *HIT {
|
||
s.NumberOfAssignmentsAvailable = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNumberOfAssignmentsCompleted sets the NumberOfAssignmentsCompleted field's value.
|
||
func (s *HIT) SetNumberOfAssignmentsCompleted(v int64) *HIT {
|
||
s.NumberOfAssignmentsCompleted = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNumberOfAssignmentsPending sets the NumberOfAssignmentsPending field's value.
|
||
func (s *HIT) SetNumberOfAssignmentsPending(v int64) *HIT {
|
||
s.NumberOfAssignmentsPending = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetQualificationRequirements sets the QualificationRequirements field's value.
|
||
func (s *HIT) SetQualificationRequirements(v []*QualificationRequirement) *HIT {
|
||
s.QualificationRequirements = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetQuestion sets the Question field's value.
|
||
func (s *HIT) SetQuestion(v string) *HIT {
|
||
s.Question = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetRequesterAnnotation sets the RequesterAnnotation field's value.
|
||
func (s *HIT) SetRequesterAnnotation(v string) *HIT {
|
||
s.RequesterAnnotation = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetReward sets the Reward field's value.
|
||
func (s *HIT) SetReward(v string) *HIT {
|
||
s.Reward = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetTitle sets the Title field's value.
|
||
func (s *HIT) SetTitle(v string) *HIT {
|
||
s.Title = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// The HITLayoutParameter data structure defines parameter values used with
|
||
// a HITLayout. A HITLayout is a reusable Amazon Mechanical Turk project template
|
||
// used to provide Human Intelligence Task (HIT) question data for CreateHIT.
|
||
type HITLayoutParameter struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The name of the parameter in the HITLayout.
|
||
//
|
||
// Name is a required field
|
||
Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// The value substituted for the parameter referenced in the HITLayout.
|
||
//
|
||
// Value is a required field
|
||
Value *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s HITLayoutParameter) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s HITLayoutParameter) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *HITLayoutParameter) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "HITLayoutParameter"}
|
||
if s.Name == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.Value == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Value"))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
||
func (s *HITLayoutParameter) SetName(v string) *HITLayoutParameter {
|
||
s.Name = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetValue sets the Value field's value.
|
||
func (s *HITLayoutParameter) SetValue(v string) *HITLayoutParameter {
|
||
s.Value = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type ListAssignmentsForHITInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The status of the assignments to return: Submitted | Approved | Rejected
|
||
AssignmentStatuses []*string `type:"list"`
|
||
|
||
// The ID of the HIT.
|
||
//
|
||
// HITId is a required field
|
||
HITId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
|
||
|
||
// Pagination token
|
||
NextToken *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListAssignmentsForHITInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListAssignmentsForHITInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *ListAssignmentsForHITInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListAssignmentsForHITInput"}
|
||
if s.HITId == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("HITId"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.HITId != nil && len(*s.HITId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("HITId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.NextToken != nil && len(*s.NextToken) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NextToken", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetAssignmentStatuses sets the AssignmentStatuses field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListAssignmentsForHITInput) SetAssignmentStatuses(v []*string) *ListAssignmentsForHITInput {
|
||
s.AssignmentStatuses = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetHITId sets the HITId field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListAssignmentsForHITInput) SetHITId(v string) *ListAssignmentsForHITInput {
|
||
s.HITId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListAssignmentsForHITInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListAssignmentsForHITInput {
|
||
s.MaxResults = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListAssignmentsForHITInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListAssignmentsForHITInput {
|
||
s.NextToken = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type ListAssignmentsForHITOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The collection of Assignment data structures returned by this call.
|
||
Assignments []*Assignment `type:"list"`
|
||
|
||
// If the previous response was incomplete (because there is more data to retrieve),
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk returns a pagination token in the response. You can
|
||
// use this pagination token to retrieve the next set of results.
|
||
NextToken *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The number of assignments on the page in the filtered results list, equivalent
|
||
// to the number of assignments returned by this call.
|
||
NumResults *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListAssignmentsForHITOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListAssignmentsForHITOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetAssignments sets the Assignments field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListAssignmentsForHITOutput) SetAssignments(v []*Assignment) *ListAssignmentsForHITOutput {
|
||
s.Assignments = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListAssignmentsForHITOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListAssignmentsForHITOutput {
|
||
s.NextToken = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNumResults sets the NumResults field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListAssignmentsForHITOutput) SetNumResults(v int64) *ListAssignmentsForHITOutput {
|
||
s.NumResults = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type ListBonusPaymentsInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The ID of the assignment associated with the bonus payments to retrieve.
|
||
// If specified, only bonus payments for the given assignment are returned.
|
||
// Either the HITId parameter or the AssignmentId parameter must be specified
|
||
AssignmentId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The ID of the HIT associated with the bonus payments to retrieve. If not
|
||
// specified, all bonus payments for all assignments for the given HIT are returned.
|
||
// Either the HITId parameter or the AssignmentId parameter must be specified
|
||
HITId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
|
||
|
||
// Pagination token
|
||
NextToken *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListBonusPaymentsInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListBonusPaymentsInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *ListBonusPaymentsInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListBonusPaymentsInput"}
|
||
if s.AssignmentId != nil && len(*s.AssignmentId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AssignmentId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.HITId != nil && len(*s.HITId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("HITId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.NextToken != nil && len(*s.NextToken) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NextToken", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetAssignmentId sets the AssignmentId field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListBonusPaymentsInput) SetAssignmentId(v string) *ListBonusPaymentsInput {
|
||
s.AssignmentId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetHITId sets the HITId field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListBonusPaymentsInput) SetHITId(v string) *ListBonusPaymentsInput {
|
||
s.HITId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListBonusPaymentsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListBonusPaymentsInput {
|
||
s.MaxResults = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListBonusPaymentsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListBonusPaymentsInput {
|
||
s.NextToken = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type ListBonusPaymentsOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// A successful request to the ListBonusPayments operation returns a list of
|
||
// BonusPayment objects.
|
||
BonusPayments []*BonusPayment `type:"list"`
|
||
|
||
// If the previous response was incomplete (because there is more data to retrieve),
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk returns a pagination token in the response. You can
|
||
// use this pagination token to retrieve the next set of results.
|
||
NextToken *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The number of bonus payments on this page in the filtered results list, equivalent
|
||
// to the number of bonus payments being returned by this call.
|
||
NumResults *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListBonusPaymentsOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListBonusPaymentsOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBonusPayments sets the BonusPayments field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListBonusPaymentsOutput) SetBonusPayments(v []*BonusPayment) *ListBonusPaymentsOutput {
|
||
s.BonusPayments = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListBonusPaymentsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListBonusPaymentsOutput {
|
||
s.NextToken = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNumResults sets the NumResults field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListBonusPaymentsOutput) SetNumResults(v int64) *ListBonusPaymentsOutput {
|
||
s.NumResults = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type ListHITsForQualificationTypeInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// Limit the number of results returned.
|
||
MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
|
||
|
||
// Pagination Token
|
||
NextToken *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The ID of the Qualification type to use when querying HITs.
|
||
//
|
||
// QualificationTypeId is a required field
|
||
QualificationTypeId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListHITsForQualificationTypeInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListHITsForQualificationTypeInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *ListHITsForQualificationTypeInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListHITsForQualificationTypeInput"}
|
||
if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.NextToken != nil && len(*s.NextToken) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NextToken", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.QualificationTypeId == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("QualificationTypeId"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.QualificationTypeId != nil && len(*s.QualificationTypeId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("QualificationTypeId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListHITsForQualificationTypeInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListHITsForQualificationTypeInput {
|
||
s.MaxResults = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListHITsForQualificationTypeInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListHITsForQualificationTypeInput {
|
||
s.NextToken = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetQualificationTypeId sets the QualificationTypeId field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListHITsForQualificationTypeInput) SetQualificationTypeId(v string) *ListHITsForQualificationTypeInput {
|
||
s.QualificationTypeId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type ListHITsForQualificationTypeOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The list of HIT elements returned by the query.
|
||
HITs []*HIT `type:"list"`
|
||
|
||
// If the previous response was incomplete (because there is more data to retrieve),
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk returns a pagination token in the response. You can
|
||
// use this pagination token to retrieve the next set of results.
|
||
NextToken *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The number of HITs on this page in the filtered results list, equivalent
|
||
// to the number of HITs being returned by this call.
|
||
NumResults *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListHITsForQualificationTypeOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListHITsForQualificationTypeOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetHITs sets the HITs field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListHITsForQualificationTypeOutput) SetHITs(v []*HIT) *ListHITsForQualificationTypeOutput {
|
||
s.HITs = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListHITsForQualificationTypeOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListHITsForQualificationTypeOutput {
|
||
s.NextToken = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNumResults sets the NumResults field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListHITsForQualificationTypeOutput) SetNumResults(v int64) *ListHITsForQualificationTypeOutput {
|
||
s.NumResults = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type ListHITsInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
|
||
|
||
// Pagination token
|
||
NextToken *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListHITsInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListHITsInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *ListHITsInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListHITsInput"}
|
||
if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.NextToken != nil && len(*s.NextToken) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NextToken", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListHITsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListHITsInput {
|
||
s.MaxResults = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListHITsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListHITsInput {
|
||
s.NextToken = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type ListHITsOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The list of HIT elements returned by the query.
|
||
HITs []*HIT `type:"list"`
|
||
|
||
// If the previous response was incomplete (because there is more data to retrieve),
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk returns a pagination token in the response. You can
|
||
// use this pagination token to retrieve the next set of results.
|
||
NextToken *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The number of HITs on this page in the filtered results list, equivalent
|
||
// to the number of HITs being returned by this call.
|
||
NumResults *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListHITsOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListHITsOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetHITs sets the HITs field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListHITsOutput) SetHITs(v []*HIT) *ListHITsOutput {
|
||
s.HITs = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListHITsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListHITsOutput {
|
||
s.NextToken = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNumResults sets the NumResults field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListHITsOutput) SetNumResults(v int64) *ListHITsOutput {
|
||
s.NumResults = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type ListQualificationRequestsInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The maximum number of results to return in a single call.
|
||
MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
|
||
|
||
// If the previous response was incomplete (because there is more data to retrieve),
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk returns a pagination token in the response. You can
|
||
// use this pagination token to retrieve the next set of results.
|
||
NextToken *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The ID of the QualificationType.
|
||
QualificationTypeId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListQualificationRequestsInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListQualificationRequestsInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *ListQualificationRequestsInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListQualificationRequestsInput"}
|
||
if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.NextToken != nil && len(*s.NextToken) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NextToken", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.QualificationTypeId != nil && len(*s.QualificationTypeId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("QualificationTypeId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListQualificationRequestsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListQualificationRequestsInput {
|
||
s.MaxResults = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListQualificationRequestsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListQualificationRequestsInput {
|
||
s.NextToken = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetQualificationTypeId sets the QualificationTypeId field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListQualificationRequestsInput) SetQualificationTypeId(v string) *ListQualificationRequestsInput {
|
||
s.QualificationTypeId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type ListQualificationRequestsOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// If the previous response was incomplete (because there is more data to retrieve),
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk returns a pagination token in the response. You can
|
||
// use this pagination token to retrieve the next set of results.
|
||
NextToken *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The number of Qualification requests on this page in the filtered results
|
||
// list, equivalent to the number of Qualification requests being returned by
|
||
// this call.
|
||
NumResults *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
||
|
||
// The Qualification request. The response includes one QualificationRequest
|
||
// element for each Qualification request returned by the query.
|
||
QualificationRequests []*QualificationRequest `type:"list"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListQualificationRequestsOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListQualificationRequestsOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListQualificationRequestsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListQualificationRequestsOutput {
|
||
s.NextToken = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNumResults sets the NumResults field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListQualificationRequestsOutput) SetNumResults(v int64) *ListQualificationRequestsOutput {
|
||
s.NumResults = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetQualificationRequests sets the QualificationRequests field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListQualificationRequestsOutput) SetQualificationRequests(v []*QualificationRequest) *ListQualificationRequestsOutput {
|
||
s.QualificationRequests = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type ListQualificationTypesInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The maximum number of results to return in a single call.
|
||
MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
|
||
|
||
// Specifies that only Qualification types that the Requester created are returned.
|
||
// If false, the operation returns all Qualification types.
|
||
MustBeOwnedByCaller *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
||
|
||
// Specifies that only Qualification types that a user can request through the
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk web site, such as by taking a Qualification test,
|
||
// are returned as results of the search. Some Qualification types, such as
|
||
// those assigned automatically by the system, cannot be requested directly
|
||
// by users. If false, all Qualification types, including those managed by the
|
||
// system, are considered. Valid values are True | False.
|
||
//
|
||
// MustBeRequestable is a required field
|
||
MustBeRequestable *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// If the previous response was incomplete (because there is more data to retrieve),
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk returns a pagination token in the response. You can
|
||
// use this pagination token to retrieve the next set of results.
|
||
NextToken *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// A text query against all of the searchable attributes of Qualification types.
|
||
Query *string `type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListQualificationTypesInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListQualificationTypesInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *ListQualificationTypesInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListQualificationTypesInput"}
|
||
if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.MustBeRequestable == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MustBeRequestable"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.NextToken != nil && len(*s.NextToken) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NextToken", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListQualificationTypesInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListQualificationTypesInput {
|
||
s.MaxResults = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetMustBeOwnedByCaller sets the MustBeOwnedByCaller field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListQualificationTypesInput) SetMustBeOwnedByCaller(v bool) *ListQualificationTypesInput {
|
||
s.MustBeOwnedByCaller = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetMustBeRequestable sets the MustBeRequestable field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListQualificationTypesInput) SetMustBeRequestable(v bool) *ListQualificationTypesInput {
|
||
s.MustBeRequestable = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListQualificationTypesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListQualificationTypesInput {
|
||
s.NextToken = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetQuery sets the Query field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListQualificationTypesInput) SetQuery(v string) *ListQualificationTypesInput {
|
||
s.Query = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type ListQualificationTypesOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// If the previous response was incomplete (because there is more data to retrieve),
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk returns a pagination token in the response. You can
|
||
// use this pagination token to retrieve the next set of results.
|
||
NextToken *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The number of Qualification types on this page in the filtered results list,
|
||
// equivalent to the number of types this operation returns.
|
||
NumResults *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
||
|
||
// The list of QualificationType elements returned by the query.
|
||
QualificationTypes []*QualificationType `type:"list"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListQualificationTypesOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListQualificationTypesOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListQualificationTypesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListQualificationTypesOutput {
|
||
s.NextToken = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNumResults sets the NumResults field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListQualificationTypesOutput) SetNumResults(v int64) *ListQualificationTypesOutput {
|
||
s.NumResults = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetQualificationTypes sets the QualificationTypes field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListQualificationTypesOutput) SetQualificationTypes(v []*QualificationType) *ListQualificationTypesOutput {
|
||
s.QualificationTypes = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The unique identifier of the HIT to retrieve review results for.
|
||
//
|
||
// HITId is a required field
|
||
HITId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// Limit the number of results returned.
|
||
MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
|
||
|
||
// Pagination token
|
||
NextToken *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The Policy Level(s) to retrieve review results for - HIT or Assignment. If
|
||
// omitted, the default behavior is to retrieve all data for both policy levels.
|
||
// For a list of all the described policies, see Review Policies.
|
||
PolicyLevels []*string `type:"list"`
|
||
|
||
// Specify if the operation should retrieve a list of the actions taken executing
|
||
// the Review Policies and their outcomes.
|
||
RetrieveActions *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
||
|
||
// Specify if the operation should retrieve a list of the results computed by
|
||
// the Review Policies.
|
||
RetrieveResults *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITInput"}
|
||
if s.HITId == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("HITId"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.HITId != nil && len(*s.HITId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("HITId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.NextToken != nil && len(*s.NextToken) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NextToken", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetHITId sets the HITId field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITInput) SetHITId(v string) *ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITInput {
|
||
s.HITId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITInput {
|
||
s.MaxResults = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITInput {
|
||
s.NextToken = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetPolicyLevels sets the PolicyLevels field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITInput) SetPolicyLevels(v []*string) *ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITInput {
|
||
s.PolicyLevels = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetRetrieveActions sets the RetrieveActions field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITInput) SetRetrieveActions(v bool) *ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITInput {
|
||
s.RetrieveActions = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetRetrieveResults sets the RetrieveResults field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITInput) SetRetrieveResults(v bool) *ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITInput {
|
||
s.RetrieveResults = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The name of the Assignment-level Review Policy. This contains only the PolicyName
|
||
// element.
|
||
AssignmentReviewPolicy *ReviewPolicy `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// Contains both ReviewResult and ReviewAction elements for an Assignment.
|
||
AssignmentReviewReport *ReviewReport `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The HITId of the HIT for which results have been returned.
|
||
HITId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The name of the HIT-level Review Policy. This contains only the PolicyName
|
||
// element.
|
||
HITReviewPolicy *ReviewPolicy `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// Contains both ReviewResult and ReviewAction elements for a particular HIT.
|
||
HITReviewReport *ReviewReport `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// If the previous response was incomplete (because there is more data to retrieve),
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk returns a pagination token in the response. You can
|
||
// use this pagination token to retrieve the next set of results.
|
||
NextToken *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetAssignmentReviewPolicy sets the AssignmentReviewPolicy field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITOutput) SetAssignmentReviewPolicy(v *ReviewPolicy) *ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITOutput {
|
||
s.AssignmentReviewPolicy = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetAssignmentReviewReport sets the AssignmentReviewReport field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITOutput) SetAssignmentReviewReport(v *ReviewReport) *ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITOutput {
|
||
s.AssignmentReviewReport = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetHITId sets the HITId field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITOutput) SetHITId(v string) *ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITOutput {
|
||
s.HITId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetHITReviewPolicy sets the HITReviewPolicy field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITOutput) SetHITReviewPolicy(v *ReviewPolicy) *ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITOutput {
|
||
s.HITReviewPolicy = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetHITReviewReport sets the HITReviewReport field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITOutput) SetHITReviewReport(v *ReviewReport) *ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITOutput {
|
||
s.HITReviewReport = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListReviewPolicyResultsForHITOutput {
|
||
s.NextToken = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type ListReviewableHITsInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The ID of the HIT type of the HITs to consider for the query. If not specified,
|
||
// all HITs for the Reviewer are considered
|
||
HITTypeId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// Limit the number of results returned.
|
||
MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
|
||
|
||
// Pagination Token
|
||
NextToken *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// Can be either Reviewable or Reviewing. Reviewable is the default value.
|
||
Status *string `type:"string" enum:"ReviewableHITStatus"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListReviewableHITsInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListReviewableHITsInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *ListReviewableHITsInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListReviewableHITsInput"}
|
||
if s.HITTypeId != nil && len(*s.HITTypeId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("HITTypeId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.NextToken != nil && len(*s.NextToken) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NextToken", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetHITTypeId sets the HITTypeId field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListReviewableHITsInput) SetHITTypeId(v string) *ListReviewableHITsInput {
|
||
s.HITTypeId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListReviewableHITsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListReviewableHITsInput {
|
||
s.MaxResults = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListReviewableHITsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListReviewableHITsInput {
|
||
s.NextToken = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListReviewableHITsInput) SetStatus(v string) *ListReviewableHITsInput {
|
||
s.Status = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type ListReviewableHITsOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The list of HIT elements returned by the query.
|
||
HITs []*HIT `type:"list"`
|
||
|
||
// If the previous response was incomplete (because there is more data to retrieve),
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk returns a pagination token in the response. You can
|
||
// use this pagination token to retrieve the next set of results.
|
||
NextToken *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The number of HITs on this page in the filtered results list, equivalent
|
||
// to the number of HITs being returned by this call.
|
||
NumResults *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListReviewableHITsOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListReviewableHITsOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetHITs sets the HITs field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListReviewableHITsOutput) SetHITs(v []*HIT) *ListReviewableHITsOutput {
|
||
s.HITs = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListReviewableHITsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListReviewableHITsOutput {
|
||
s.NextToken = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNumResults sets the NumResults field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListReviewableHITsOutput) SetNumResults(v int64) *ListReviewableHITsOutput {
|
||
s.NumResults = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type ListWorkerBlocksInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
|
||
|
||
// Pagination token
|
||
NextToken *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListWorkerBlocksInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListWorkerBlocksInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *ListWorkerBlocksInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListWorkerBlocksInput"}
|
||
if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.NextToken != nil && len(*s.NextToken) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NextToken", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListWorkerBlocksInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListWorkerBlocksInput {
|
||
s.MaxResults = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListWorkerBlocksInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListWorkerBlocksInput {
|
||
s.NextToken = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type ListWorkerBlocksOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// If the previous response was incomplete (because there is more data to retrieve),
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk returns a pagination token in the response. You can
|
||
// use this pagination token to retrieve the next set of results.
|
||
NextToken *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The number of assignments on the page in the filtered results list, equivalent
|
||
// to the number of assignments returned by this call.
|
||
NumResults *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
||
|
||
// The list of WorkerBlocks, containing the collection of Worker IDs and reasons
|
||
// for blocking.
|
||
WorkerBlocks []*WorkerBlock `type:"list"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListWorkerBlocksOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListWorkerBlocksOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListWorkerBlocksOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListWorkerBlocksOutput {
|
||
s.NextToken = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNumResults sets the NumResults field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListWorkerBlocksOutput) SetNumResults(v int64) *ListWorkerBlocksOutput {
|
||
s.NumResults = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetWorkerBlocks sets the WorkerBlocks field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListWorkerBlocksOutput) SetWorkerBlocks(v []*WorkerBlock) *ListWorkerBlocksOutput {
|
||
s.WorkerBlocks = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type ListWorkersWithQualificationTypeInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// Limit the number of results returned.
|
||
MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
|
||
|
||
// Pagination Token
|
||
NextToken *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The ID of the Qualification type of the Qualifications to return.
|
||
//
|
||
// QualificationTypeId is a required field
|
||
QualificationTypeId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// The status of the Qualifications to return. Can be Granted | Revoked.
|
||
Status *string `type:"string" enum:"QualificationStatus"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListWorkersWithQualificationTypeInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListWorkersWithQualificationTypeInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *ListWorkersWithQualificationTypeInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListWorkersWithQualificationTypeInput"}
|
||
if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.NextToken != nil && len(*s.NextToken) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NextToken", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.QualificationTypeId == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("QualificationTypeId"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.QualificationTypeId != nil && len(*s.QualificationTypeId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("QualificationTypeId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListWorkersWithQualificationTypeInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListWorkersWithQualificationTypeInput {
|
||
s.MaxResults = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListWorkersWithQualificationTypeInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListWorkersWithQualificationTypeInput {
|
||
s.NextToken = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetQualificationTypeId sets the QualificationTypeId field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListWorkersWithQualificationTypeInput) SetQualificationTypeId(v string) *ListWorkersWithQualificationTypeInput {
|
||
s.QualificationTypeId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListWorkersWithQualificationTypeInput) SetStatus(v string) *ListWorkersWithQualificationTypeInput {
|
||
s.Status = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type ListWorkersWithQualificationTypeOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// If the previous response was incomplete (because there is more data to retrieve),
|
||
// Amazon Mechanical Turk returns a pagination token in the response. You can
|
||
// use this pagination token to retrieve the next set of results.
|
||
NextToken *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The number of Qualifications on this page in the filtered results list, equivalent
|
||
// to the number of Qualifications being returned by this call.
|
||
NumResults *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
||
|
||
// The list of Qualification elements returned by this call.
|
||
Qualifications []*Qualification `type:"list"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListWorkersWithQualificationTypeOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListWorkersWithQualificationTypeOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListWorkersWithQualificationTypeOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListWorkersWithQualificationTypeOutput {
|
||
s.NextToken = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNumResults sets the NumResults field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListWorkersWithQualificationTypeOutput) SetNumResults(v int64) *ListWorkersWithQualificationTypeOutput {
|
||
s.NumResults = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetQualifications sets the Qualifications field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListWorkersWithQualificationTypeOutput) SetQualifications(v []*Qualification) *ListWorkersWithQualificationTypeOutput {
|
||
s.Qualifications = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// The Locale data structure represents a geographical region or location.
|
||
type Locale struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The country of the locale. Must be a valid ISO 3166 country code. For example,
|
||
// the code US refers to the United States of America.
|
||
//
|
||
// Country is a required field
|
||
Country *string `min:"2" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// The state or subdivision of the locale. A valid ISO 3166-2 subdivision code.
|
||
// For example, the code WA refers to the state of Washington.
|
||
Subdivision *string `min:"2" type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s Locale) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s Locale) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *Locale) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Locale"}
|
||
if s.Country == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Country"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.Country != nil && len(*s.Country) < 2 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Country", 2))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.Subdivision != nil && len(*s.Subdivision) < 2 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Subdivision", 2))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetCountry sets the Country field's value.
|
||
func (s *Locale) SetCountry(v string) *Locale {
|
||
s.Country = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetSubdivision sets the Subdivision field's value.
|
||
func (s *Locale) SetSubdivision(v string) *Locale {
|
||
s.Subdivision = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// The NotificationSpecification data structure describes a HIT event notification
|
||
// for a HIT type.
|
||
type NotificationSpecification struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The target for notification messages. The Destination’s format is determined
|
||
// by the specified Transport:
|
||
//
|
||
// * When Transport is Email, the Destination is your email address.
|
||
//
|
||
// * When Transport is SQS, the Destination is your queue URL.
|
||
//
|
||
// * When Transport is SNS, the Destination is the ARN of your topic.
|
||
//
|
||
// Destination is a required field
|
||
Destination *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// The list of events that should cause notifications to be sent. Valid Values:
|
||
// AssignmentAccepted | AssignmentAbandoned | AssignmentReturned | AssignmentSubmitted
|
||
// | AssignmentRejected | AssignmentApproved | HITCreated | HITExtended | HITDisposed
|
||
// | HITReviewable | HITExpired | Ping. The Ping event is only valid for the
|
||
// SendTestEventNotification operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// EventTypes is a required field
|
||
EventTypes []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// The method Amazon Mechanical Turk uses to send the notification. Valid Values:
|
||
// Email | SQS | SNS.
|
||
//
|
||
// Transport is a required field
|
||
Transport *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"NotificationTransport"`
|
||
|
||
// The version of the Notification API to use. Valid value is 2006-05-05.
|
||
//
|
||
// Version is a required field
|
||
Version *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s NotificationSpecification) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s NotificationSpecification) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *NotificationSpecification) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "NotificationSpecification"}
|
||
if s.Destination == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.EventTypes == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EventTypes"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.Transport == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Transport"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.Version == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Version"))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value.
|
||
func (s *NotificationSpecification) SetDestination(v string) *NotificationSpecification {
|
||
s.Destination = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetEventTypes sets the EventTypes field's value.
|
||
func (s *NotificationSpecification) SetEventTypes(v []*string) *NotificationSpecification {
|
||
s.EventTypes = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetTransport sets the Transport field's value.
|
||
func (s *NotificationSpecification) SetTransport(v string) *NotificationSpecification {
|
||
s.Transport = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetVersion sets the Version field's value.
|
||
func (s *NotificationSpecification) SetVersion(v string) *NotificationSpecification {
|
||
s.Version = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// When MTurk encounters an issue with notifying the Workers you specified,
|
||
// it returns back this object with failure details.
|
||
type NotifyWorkersFailureStatus struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// Encoded value for the failure type.
|
||
NotifyWorkersFailureCode *string `type:"string" enum:"NotifyWorkersFailureCode"`
|
||
|
||
// A message detailing the reason the Worker could not be notified.
|
||
NotifyWorkersFailureMessage *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The ID of the Worker.
|
||
WorkerId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s NotifyWorkersFailureStatus) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s NotifyWorkersFailureStatus) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNotifyWorkersFailureCode sets the NotifyWorkersFailureCode field's value.
|
||
func (s *NotifyWorkersFailureStatus) SetNotifyWorkersFailureCode(v string) *NotifyWorkersFailureStatus {
|
||
s.NotifyWorkersFailureCode = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNotifyWorkersFailureMessage sets the NotifyWorkersFailureMessage field's value.
|
||
func (s *NotifyWorkersFailureStatus) SetNotifyWorkersFailureMessage(v string) *NotifyWorkersFailureStatus {
|
||
s.NotifyWorkersFailureMessage = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetWorkerId sets the WorkerId field's value.
|
||
func (s *NotifyWorkersFailureStatus) SetWorkerId(v string) *NotifyWorkersFailureStatus {
|
||
s.WorkerId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type NotifyWorkersInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The text of the email message to send. Can include up to 4,096 characters
|
||
//
|
||
// MessageText is a required field
|
||
MessageText *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// The subject line of the email message to send. Can include up to 200 characters.
|
||
//
|
||
// Subject is a required field
|
||
Subject *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// A list of Worker IDs you wish to notify. You can notify upto 100 Workers
|
||
// at a time.
|
||
//
|
||
// WorkerIds is a required field
|
||
WorkerIds []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s NotifyWorkersInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s NotifyWorkersInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *NotifyWorkersInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "NotifyWorkersInput"}
|
||
if s.MessageText == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MessageText"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.Subject == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Subject"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.WorkerIds == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("WorkerIds"))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetMessageText sets the MessageText field's value.
|
||
func (s *NotifyWorkersInput) SetMessageText(v string) *NotifyWorkersInput {
|
||
s.MessageText = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetSubject sets the Subject field's value.
|
||
func (s *NotifyWorkersInput) SetSubject(v string) *NotifyWorkersInput {
|
||
s.Subject = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetWorkerIds sets the WorkerIds field's value.
|
||
func (s *NotifyWorkersInput) SetWorkerIds(v []*string) *NotifyWorkersInput {
|
||
s.WorkerIds = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type NotifyWorkersOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// When MTurk sends notifications to the list of Workers, it returns back any
|
||
// failures it encounters in this list of NotifyWorkersFailureStatus objects.
|
||
NotifyWorkersFailureStatuses []*NotifyWorkersFailureStatus `type:"list"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s NotifyWorkersOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s NotifyWorkersOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNotifyWorkersFailureStatuses sets the NotifyWorkersFailureStatuses field's value.
|
||
func (s *NotifyWorkersOutput) SetNotifyWorkersFailureStatuses(v []*NotifyWorkersFailureStatus) *NotifyWorkersOutput {
|
||
s.NotifyWorkersFailureStatuses = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// This data structure is the data type for the AnswerKey parameter of the ScoreMyKnownAnswers/2011-09-01
|
||
// Review Policy.
|
||
type ParameterMapEntry struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The QuestionID from the HIT that is used to identify which question requires
|
||
// Mechanical Turk to score as part of the ScoreMyKnownAnswers/2011-09-01 Review
|
||
// Policy.
|
||
Key *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The list of answers to the question specified in the MapEntry Key element.
|
||
// The Worker must match all values in order for the answer to be scored correctly.
|
||
Values []*string `type:"list"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ParameterMapEntry) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ParameterMapEntry) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
|
||
func (s *ParameterMapEntry) SetKey(v string) *ParameterMapEntry {
|
||
s.Key = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetValues sets the Values field's value.
|
||
func (s *ParameterMapEntry) SetValues(v []*string) *ParameterMapEntry {
|
||
s.Values = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Name of the parameter from the Review policy.
|
||
type PolicyParameter struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// Name of the parameter from the list of Review Polices.
|
||
Key *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// List of ParameterMapEntry objects.
|
||
MapEntries []*ParameterMapEntry `type:"list"`
|
||
|
||
// The list of values of the Parameter
|
||
Values []*string `type:"list"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s PolicyParameter) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s PolicyParameter) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
|
||
func (s *PolicyParameter) SetKey(v string) *PolicyParameter {
|
||
s.Key = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetMapEntries sets the MapEntries field's value.
|
||
func (s *PolicyParameter) SetMapEntries(v []*ParameterMapEntry) *PolicyParameter {
|
||
s.MapEntries = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetValues sets the Values field's value.
|
||
func (s *PolicyParameter) SetValues(v []*string) *PolicyParameter {
|
||
s.Values = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// The Qualification data structure represents a Qualification assigned to a
|
||
// user, including the Qualification type and the value (score).
|
||
type Qualification struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The date and time the Qualification was granted to the Worker. If the Worker's
|
||
// Qualification was revoked, and then re-granted based on a new Qualification
|
||
// request, GrantTime is the date and time of the last call to the AcceptQualificationRequest
|
||
// operation.
|
||
GrantTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
||
|
||
// The value (score) of the Qualification, if the Qualification has an integer
|
||
// value.
|
||
IntegerValue *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
||
|
||
// The Locale data structure represents a geographical region or location.
|
||
LocaleValue *Locale `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The ID of the Qualification type for the Qualification.
|
||
QualificationTypeId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The status of the Qualification. Valid values are Granted | Revoked.
|
||
Status *string `type:"string" enum:"QualificationStatus"`
|
||
|
||
// The ID of the Worker who possesses the Qualification.
|
||
WorkerId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s Qualification) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s Qualification) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetGrantTime sets the GrantTime field's value.
|
||
func (s *Qualification) SetGrantTime(v time.Time) *Qualification {
|
||
s.GrantTime = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetIntegerValue sets the IntegerValue field's value.
|
||
func (s *Qualification) SetIntegerValue(v int64) *Qualification {
|
||
s.IntegerValue = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetLocaleValue sets the LocaleValue field's value.
|
||
func (s *Qualification) SetLocaleValue(v *Locale) *Qualification {
|
||
s.LocaleValue = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetQualificationTypeId sets the QualificationTypeId field's value.
|
||
func (s *Qualification) SetQualificationTypeId(v string) *Qualification {
|
||
s.QualificationTypeId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
||
func (s *Qualification) SetStatus(v string) *Qualification {
|
||
s.Status = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetWorkerId sets the WorkerId field's value.
|
||
func (s *Qualification) SetWorkerId(v string) *Qualification {
|
||
s.WorkerId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// The QualificationRequest data structure represents a request a Worker has
|
||
// made for a Qualification.
|
||
type QualificationRequest struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The Worker's answers for the Qualification type's test contained in a QuestionFormAnswers
|
||
// document, if the type has a test and the Worker has submitted answers. If
|
||
// the Worker does not provide any answers, Answer may be empty.
|
||
Answer *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The ID of the Qualification request, a unique identifier generated when the
|
||
// request was submitted.
|
||
QualificationRequestId *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The ID of the Qualification type the Worker is requesting, as returned by
|
||
// the CreateQualificationType operation.
|
||
QualificationTypeId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The date and time the Qualification request had a status of Submitted. This
|
||
// is either the time the Worker submitted answers for a Qualification test,
|
||
// or the time the Worker requested the Qualification if the Qualification type
|
||
// does not have a test.
|
||
SubmitTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
||
|
||
// The contents of the Qualification test that was presented to the Worker,
|
||
// if the type has a test and the Worker has submitted answers. This value is
|
||
// identical to the QuestionForm associated with the Qualification type at the
|
||
// time the Worker requests the Qualification.
|
||
Test *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The ID of the Worker requesting the Qualification.
|
||
WorkerId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s QualificationRequest) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s QualificationRequest) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetAnswer sets the Answer field's value.
|
||
func (s *QualificationRequest) SetAnswer(v string) *QualificationRequest {
|
||
s.Answer = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetQualificationRequestId sets the QualificationRequestId field's value.
|
||
func (s *QualificationRequest) SetQualificationRequestId(v string) *QualificationRequest {
|
||
s.QualificationRequestId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetQualificationTypeId sets the QualificationTypeId field's value.
|
||
func (s *QualificationRequest) SetQualificationTypeId(v string) *QualificationRequest {
|
||
s.QualificationTypeId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetSubmitTime sets the SubmitTime field's value.
|
||
func (s *QualificationRequest) SetSubmitTime(v time.Time) *QualificationRequest {
|
||
s.SubmitTime = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetTest sets the Test field's value.
|
||
func (s *QualificationRequest) SetTest(v string) *QualificationRequest {
|
||
s.Test = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetWorkerId sets the WorkerId field's value.
|
||
func (s *QualificationRequest) SetWorkerId(v string) *QualificationRequest {
|
||
s.WorkerId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// The QualificationRequirement data structure describes a Qualification that
|
||
// a Worker must have before the Worker is allowed to accept a HIT. A requirement
|
||
// may optionally state that a Worker must have the Qualification in order to
|
||
// preview the HIT, or see the HIT in search results.
|
||
type QualificationRequirement struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// Setting this attribute prevents Workers whose Qualifications do not meet
|
||
// this QualificationRequirement from taking the specified action. Valid arguments
|
||
// include "Accept" (Worker cannot accept the HIT, but can preview the HIT and
|
||
// see it in their search results), "PreviewAndAccept" (Worker cannot accept
|
||
// or preview the HIT, but can see the HIT in their search results), and "DiscoverPreviewAndAccept"
|
||
// (Worker cannot accept, preview, or see the HIT in their search results).
|
||
// It's possible for you to create a HIT with multiple QualificationRequirements
|
||
// (which can have different values for the ActionGuarded attribute). In this
|
||
// case, the Worker is only permitted to perform an action when they have met
|
||
// all QualificationRequirements guarding the action. The actions in the order
|
||
// of least restrictive to most restrictive are Discover, Preview and Accept.
|
||
// For example, if a Worker meets all QualificationRequirements that are set
|
||
// to DiscoverPreviewAndAccept, but do not meet all requirements that are set
|
||
// with PreviewAndAccept, then the Worker will be able to Discover, i.e. see
|
||
// the HIT in their search result, but will not be able to Preview or Accept
|
||
// the HIT. ActionsGuarded should not be used in combination with the RequiredToPreview
|
||
// field.
|
||
ActionsGuarded *string `type:"string" enum:"HITAccessActions"`
|
||
|
||
// The kind of comparison to make against a Qualification's value. You can compare
|
||
// a Qualification's value to an IntegerValue to see if it is LessThan, LessThanOrEqualTo,
|
||
// GreaterThan, GreaterThanOrEqualTo, EqualTo, or NotEqualTo the IntegerValue.
|
||
// You can compare it to a LocaleValue to see if it is EqualTo, or NotEqualTo
|
||
// the LocaleValue. You can check to see if the value is In or NotIn a set of
|
||
// IntegerValue or LocaleValue values. Lastly, a Qualification requirement can
|
||
// also test if a Qualification Exists or DoesNotExist in the user's profile,
|
||
// regardless of its value.
|
||
//
|
||
// Comparator is a required field
|
||
Comparator *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Comparator"`
|
||
|
||
// The integer value to compare against the Qualification's value. IntegerValue
|
||
// must not be present if Comparator is Exists or DoesNotExist. IntegerValue
|
||
// can only be used if the Qualification type has an integer value; it cannot
|
||
// be used with the Worker_Locale QualificationType ID. When performing a set
|
||
// comparison by using the In or the NotIn comparator, you can use up to 15
|
||
// IntegerValue elements in a QualificationRequirement data structure.
|
||
IntegerValues []*int64 `type:"list"`
|
||
|
||
// The locale value to compare against the Qualification's value. The local
|
||
// value must be a valid ISO 3166 country code or supports ISO 3166-2 subdivisions.
|
||
// LocaleValue can only be used with a Worker_Locale QualificationType ID. LocaleValue
|
||
// can only be used with the EqualTo, NotEqualTo, In, and NotIn comparators.
|
||
// You must only use a single LocaleValue element when using the EqualTo or
|
||
// NotEqualTo comparators. When performing a set comparison by using the In
|
||
// or the NotIn comparator, you can use up to 30 LocaleValue elements in a QualificationRequirement
|
||
// data structure.
|
||
LocaleValues []*Locale `type:"list"`
|
||
|
||
// The ID of the Qualification type for the requirement.
|
||
//
|
||
// QualificationTypeId is a required field
|
||
QualificationTypeId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// DEPRECATED: Use the ActionsGuarded field instead. If RequiredToPreview is
|
||
// true, the question data for the HIT will not be shown when a Worker whose
|
||
// Qualifications do not meet this requirement tries to preview the HIT. That
|
||
// is, a Worker's Qualifications must meet all of the requirements for which
|
||
// RequiredToPreview is true in order to preview the HIT. If a Worker meets
|
||
// all of the requirements where RequiredToPreview is true (or if there are
|
||
// no such requirements), but does not meet all of the requirements for the
|
||
// HIT, the Worker will be allowed to preview the HIT's question data, but will
|
||
// not be allowed to accept and complete the HIT. The default is false. This
|
||
// should not be used in combination with the ActionsGuarded field.
|
||
RequiredToPreview *bool `deprecated:"true" type:"boolean"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s QualificationRequirement) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s QualificationRequirement) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *QualificationRequirement) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "QualificationRequirement"}
|
||
if s.Comparator == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Comparator"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.QualificationTypeId == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("QualificationTypeId"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.LocaleValues != nil {
|
||
for i, v := range s.LocaleValues {
|
||
if v == nil {
|
||
continue
|
||
}
|
||
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
||
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "LocaleValues", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetActionsGuarded sets the ActionsGuarded field's value.
|
||
func (s *QualificationRequirement) SetActionsGuarded(v string) *QualificationRequirement {
|
||
s.ActionsGuarded = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetComparator sets the Comparator field's value.
|
||
func (s *QualificationRequirement) SetComparator(v string) *QualificationRequirement {
|
||
s.Comparator = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetIntegerValues sets the IntegerValues field's value.
|
||
func (s *QualificationRequirement) SetIntegerValues(v []*int64) *QualificationRequirement {
|
||
s.IntegerValues = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetLocaleValues sets the LocaleValues field's value.
|
||
func (s *QualificationRequirement) SetLocaleValues(v []*Locale) *QualificationRequirement {
|
||
s.LocaleValues = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetQualificationTypeId sets the QualificationTypeId field's value.
|
||
func (s *QualificationRequirement) SetQualificationTypeId(v string) *QualificationRequirement {
|
||
s.QualificationTypeId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetRequiredToPreview sets the RequiredToPreview field's value.
|
||
func (s *QualificationRequirement) SetRequiredToPreview(v bool) *QualificationRequirement {
|
||
s.RequiredToPreview = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// The QualificationType data structure represents a Qualification type, a description
|
||
// of a property of a Worker that must match the requirements of a HIT for the
|
||
// Worker to be able to accept the HIT. The type also describes how a Worker
|
||
// can obtain a Qualification of that type, such as through a Qualification
|
||
// test.
|
||
type QualificationType struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The answers to the Qualification test specified in the Test parameter.
|
||
AnswerKey *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// Specifies that requests for the Qualification type are granted immediately,
|
||
// without prompting the Worker with a Qualification test. Valid values are
|
||
// True | False.
|
||
AutoGranted *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
||
|
||
// The Qualification integer value to use for automatically granted Qualifications,
|
||
// if AutoGranted is true. This is 1 by default.
|
||
AutoGrantedValue *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
||
|
||
// The date and time the Qualification type was created.
|
||
CreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
||
|
||
// A long description for the Qualification type.
|
||
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// Specifies whether the Qualification type is one that a user can request through
|
||
// the Amazon Mechanical Turk web site, such as by taking a Qualification test.
|
||
// This value is False for Qualifications assigned automatically by the system.
|
||
// Valid values are True | False.
|
||
IsRequestable *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
||
|
||
// One or more words or phrases that describe theQualification type, separated
|
||
// by commas. The Keywords make the type easier to find using a search.
|
||
Keywords *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The name of the Qualification type. The type name is used to identify the
|
||
// type, and to find the type using a Qualification type search.
|
||
Name *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// A unique identifier for the Qualification type. A Qualification type is given
|
||
// a Qualification type ID when you call the CreateQualificationType operation.
|
||
QualificationTypeId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The status of the Qualification type. A Qualification type's status determines
|
||
// if users can apply to receive a Qualification of this type, and if HITs can
|
||
// be created with requirements based on this type. Valid values are Active
|
||
// | Inactive.
|
||
QualificationTypeStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"QualificationTypeStatus"`
|
||
|
||
// The amount of time, in seconds, Workers must wait after taking the Qualification
|
||
// test before they can take it again. Workers can take a Qualification test
|
||
// multiple times if they were not granted the Qualification from a previous
|
||
// attempt, or if the test offers a gradient score and they want a better score.
|
||
// If not specified, retries are disabled and Workers can request a Qualification
|
||
// only once.
|
||
RetryDelayInSeconds *int64 `type:"long"`
|
||
|
||
// The questions for a Qualification test associated with this Qualification
|
||
// type that a user can take to obtain a Qualification of this type. This parameter
|
||
// must be specified if AnswerKey is present. A Qualification type cannot have
|
||
// both a specified Test parameter and an AutoGranted value of true.
|
||
Test *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The amount of time, in seconds, given to a Worker to complete the Qualification
|
||
// test, beginning from the time the Worker requests the Qualification.
|
||
TestDurationInSeconds *int64 `type:"long"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s QualificationType) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s QualificationType) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetAnswerKey sets the AnswerKey field's value.
|
||
func (s *QualificationType) SetAnswerKey(v string) *QualificationType {
|
||
s.AnswerKey = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetAutoGranted sets the AutoGranted field's value.
|
||
func (s *QualificationType) SetAutoGranted(v bool) *QualificationType {
|
||
s.AutoGranted = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetAutoGrantedValue sets the AutoGrantedValue field's value.
|
||
func (s *QualificationType) SetAutoGrantedValue(v int64) *QualificationType {
|
||
s.AutoGrantedValue = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetCreationTime sets the CreationTime field's value.
|
||
func (s *QualificationType) SetCreationTime(v time.Time) *QualificationType {
|
||
s.CreationTime = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
||
func (s *QualificationType) SetDescription(v string) *QualificationType {
|
||
s.Description = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetIsRequestable sets the IsRequestable field's value.
|
||
func (s *QualificationType) SetIsRequestable(v bool) *QualificationType {
|
||
s.IsRequestable = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetKeywords sets the Keywords field's value.
|
||
func (s *QualificationType) SetKeywords(v string) *QualificationType {
|
||
s.Keywords = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
||
func (s *QualificationType) SetName(v string) *QualificationType {
|
||
s.Name = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetQualificationTypeId sets the QualificationTypeId field's value.
|
||
func (s *QualificationType) SetQualificationTypeId(v string) *QualificationType {
|
||
s.QualificationTypeId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetQualificationTypeStatus sets the QualificationTypeStatus field's value.
|
||
func (s *QualificationType) SetQualificationTypeStatus(v string) *QualificationType {
|
||
s.QualificationTypeStatus = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetRetryDelayInSeconds sets the RetryDelayInSeconds field's value.
|
||
func (s *QualificationType) SetRetryDelayInSeconds(v int64) *QualificationType {
|
||
s.RetryDelayInSeconds = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetTest sets the Test field's value.
|
||
func (s *QualificationType) SetTest(v string) *QualificationType {
|
||
s.Test = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetTestDurationInSeconds sets the TestDurationInSeconds field's value.
|
||
func (s *QualificationType) SetTestDurationInSeconds(v int64) *QualificationType {
|
||
s.TestDurationInSeconds = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type RejectAssignmentInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The ID of the assignment. The assignment must correspond to a HIT created
|
||
// by the Requester.
|
||
//
|
||
// AssignmentId is a required field
|
||
AssignmentId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// A message for the Worker, which the Worker can see in the Status section
|
||
// of the web site.
|
||
//
|
||
// RequesterFeedback is a required field
|
||
RequesterFeedback *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s RejectAssignmentInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s RejectAssignmentInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *RejectAssignmentInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RejectAssignmentInput"}
|
||
if s.AssignmentId == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AssignmentId"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.AssignmentId != nil && len(*s.AssignmentId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AssignmentId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.RequesterFeedback == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RequesterFeedback"))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetAssignmentId sets the AssignmentId field's value.
|
||
func (s *RejectAssignmentInput) SetAssignmentId(v string) *RejectAssignmentInput {
|
||
s.AssignmentId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetRequesterFeedback sets the RequesterFeedback field's value.
|
||
func (s *RejectAssignmentInput) SetRequesterFeedback(v string) *RejectAssignmentInput {
|
||
s.RequesterFeedback = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type RejectAssignmentOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s RejectAssignmentOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s RejectAssignmentOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type RejectQualificationRequestInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The ID of the Qualification request, as returned by the ListQualificationRequests
|
||
// operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// QualificationRequestId is a required field
|
||
QualificationRequestId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// A text message explaining why the request was rejected, to be shown to the
|
||
// Worker who made the request.
|
||
Reason *string `type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s RejectQualificationRequestInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s RejectQualificationRequestInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *RejectQualificationRequestInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RejectQualificationRequestInput"}
|
||
if s.QualificationRequestId == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("QualificationRequestId"))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetQualificationRequestId sets the QualificationRequestId field's value.
|
||
func (s *RejectQualificationRequestInput) SetQualificationRequestId(v string) *RejectQualificationRequestInput {
|
||
s.QualificationRequestId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetReason sets the Reason field's value.
|
||
func (s *RejectQualificationRequestInput) SetReason(v string) *RejectQualificationRequestInput {
|
||
s.Reason = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type RejectQualificationRequestOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s RejectQualificationRequestOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s RejectQualificationRequestOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Both the AssignmentReviewReport and the HITReviewReport elements contains
|
||
// the ReviewActionDetail data structure. This structure is returned multiple
|
||
// times for each action specified in the Review Policy.
|
||
type ReviewActionDetail struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The unique identifier for the action.
|
||
ActionId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The nature of the action itself. The Review Policy is responsible for examining
|
||
// the HIT and Assignments, emitting results, and deciding which other actions
|
||
// will be necessary.
|
||
ActionName *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The date when the action was completed.
|
||
CompleteTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
||
|
||
// Present only when the Results have a FAILED Status.
|
||
ErrorCode *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// A description of the outcome of the review.
|
||
Result *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The current disposition of the action: INTENDED, SUCCEEDED, FAILED, or CANCELLED.
|
||
Status *string `type:"string" enum:"ReviewActionStatus"`
|
||
|
||
// The specific HITId or AssignmentID targeted by the action.
|
||
TargetId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The type of object in TargetId.
|
||
TargetType *string `type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ReviewActionDetail) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ReviewActionDetail) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetActionId sets the ActionId field's value.
|
||
func (s *ReviewActionDetail) SetActionId(v string) *ReviewActionDetail {
|
||
s.ActionId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetActionName sets the ActionName field's value.
|
||
func (s *ReviewActionDetail) SetActionName(v string) *ReviewActionDetail {
|
||
s.ActionName = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetCompleteTime sets the CompleteTime field's value.
|
||
func (s *ReviewActionDetail) SetCompleteTime(v time.Time) *ReviewActionDetail {
|
||
s.CompleteTime = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetErrorCode sets the ErrorCode field's value.
|
||
func (s *ReviewActionDetail) SetErrorCode(v string) *ReviewActionDetail {
|
||
s.ErrorCode = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetResult sets the Result field's value.
|
||
func (s *ReviewActionDetail) SetResult(v string) *ReviewActionDetail {
|
||
s.Result = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
||
func (s *ReviewActionDetail) SetStatus(v string) *ReviewActionDetail {
|
||
s.Status = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetTargetId sets the TargetId field's value.
|
||
func (s *ReviewActionDetail) SetTargetId(v string) *ReviewActionDetail {
|
||
s.TargetId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetTargetType sets the TargetType field's value.
|
||
func (s *ReviewActionDetail) SetTargetType(v string) *ReviewActionDetail {
|
||
s.TargetType = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// HIT Review Policy data structures represent HIT review policies, which you
|
||
// specify when you create a HIT.
|
||
type ReviewPolicy struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// Name of the parameter from the Review policy.
|
||
Parameters []*PolicyParameter `type:"list"`
|
||
|
||
// Name of a Review Policy: SimplePlurality/2011-09-01 or ScoreMyKnownAnswers/2011-09-01
|
||
//
|
||
// PolicyName is a required field
|
||
PolicyName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ReviewPolicy) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ReviewPolicy) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *ReviewPolicy) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReviewPolicy"}
|
||
if s.PolicyName == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PolicyName"))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
|
||
func (s *ReviewPolicy) SetParameters(v []*PolicyParameter) *ReviewPolicy {
|
||
s.Parameters = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetPolicyName sets the PolicyName field's value.
|
||
func (s *ReviewPolicy) SetPolicyName(v string) *ReviewPolicy {
|
||
s.PolicyName = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Contains both ReviewResult and ReviewAction elements for a particular HIT.
|
||
type ReviewReport struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// A list of ReviewAction objects for each action specified in the Review Policy.
|
||
ReviewActions []*ReviewActionDetail `type:"list"`
|
||
|
||
// A list of ReviewResults objects for each action specified in the Review Policy.
|
||
ReviewResults []*ReviewResultDetail `type:"list"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ReviewReport) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ReviewReport) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetReviewActions sets the ReviewActions field's value.
|
||
func (s *ReviewReport) SetReviewActions(v []*ReviewActionDetail) *ReviewReport {
|
||
s.ReviewActions = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetReviewResults sets the ReviewResults field's value.
|
||
func (s *ReviewReport) SetReviewResults(v []*ReviewResultDetail) *ReviewReport {
|
||
s.ReviewResults = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// This data structure is returned multiple times for each result specified
|
||
// in the Review Policy.
|
||
type ReviewResultDetail struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// A unique identifier of the Review action result.
|
||
ActionId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// Key identifies the particular piece of reviewed information.
|
||
Key *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// Specifies the QuestionId the result is describing. Depending on whether the
|
||
// TargetType is a HIT or Assignment this results could specify multiple values.
|
||
// If TargetType is HIT and QuestionId is absent, then the result describes
|
||
// results of the HIT, including the HIT agreement score. If ObjectType is Assignment
|
||
// and QuestionId is absent, then the result describes the Worker's performance
|
||
// on the HIT.
|
||
QuestionId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The HITID or AssignmentId about which this result was taken. Note that HIT-level
|
||
// Review Policies will often emit results about both the HIT itself and its
|
||
// Assignments, while Assignment-level review policies generally only emit results
|
||
// about the Assignment itself.
|
||
SubjectId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The type of the object from the SubjectId field.
|
||
SubjectType *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The values of Key provided by the review policies you have selected.
|
||
Value *string `type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ReviewResultDetail) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ReviewResultDetail) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetActionId sets the ActionId field's value.
|
||
func (s *ReviewResultDetail) SetActionId(v string) *ReviewResultDetail {
|
||
s.ActionId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
|
||
func (s *ReviewResultDetail) SetKey(v string) *ReviewResultDetail {
|
||
s.Key = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetQuestionId sets the QuestionId field's value.
|
||
func (s *ReviewResultDetail) SetQuestionId(v string) *ReviewResultDetail {
|
||
s.QuestionId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetSubjectId sets the SubjectId field's value.
|
||
func (s *ReviewResultDetail) SetSubjectId(v string) *ReviewResultDetail {
|
||
s.SubjectId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetSubjectType sets the SubjectType field's value.
|
||
func (s *ReviewResultDetail) SetSubjectType(v string) *ReviewResultDetail {
|
||
s.SubjectType = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetValue sets the Value field's value.
|
||
func (s *ReviewResultDetail) SetValue(v string) *ReviewResultDetail {
|
||
s.Value = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type SendBonusInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The ID of the assignment for which this bonus is paid.
|
||
//
|
||
// AssignmentId is a required field
|
||
AssignmentId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// The Bonus amount is a US Dollar amount specified using a string (for example,
|
||
// "5" represents $5.00 USD and "101.42" represents $101.42 USD). Do not include
|
||
// currency symbols or currency codes.
|
||
//
|
||
// BonusAmount is a required field
|
||
BonusAmount *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// A message that explains the reason for the bonus payment. The Worker receiving
|
||
// the bonus can see this message.
|
||
//
|
||
// Reason is a required field
|
||
Reason *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// A unique identifier for this request, which allows you to retry the call
|
||
// on error without granting multiple bonuses. This is useful in cases such
|
||
// as network timeouts where it is unclear whether or not the call succeeded
|
||
// on the server. If the bonus already exists in the system from a previous
|
||
// call using the same UniqueRequestToken, subsequent calls will return an error
|
||
// with a message containing the request ID.
|
||
UniqueRequestToken *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The ID of the Worker being paid the bonus.
|
||
//
|
||
// WorkerId is a required field
|
||
WorkerId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s SendBonusInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s SendBonusInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *SendBonusInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SendBonusInput"}
|
||
if s.AssignmentId == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AssignmentId"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.AssignmentId != nil && len(*s.AssignmentId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AssignmentId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.BonusAmount == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BonusAmount"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.Reason == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Reason"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.UniqueRequestToken != nil && len(*s.UniqueRequestToken) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("UniqueRequestToken", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.WorkerId == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("WorkerId"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.WorkerId != nil && len(*s.WorkerId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("WorkerId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetAssignmentId sets the AssignmentId field's value.
|
||
func (s *SendBonusInput) SetAssignmentId(v string) *SendBonusInput {
|
||
s.AssignmentId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBonusAmount sets the BonusAmount field's value.
|
||
func (s *SendBonusInput) SetBonusAmount(v string) *SendBonusInput {
|
||
s.BonusAmount = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetReason sets the Reason field's value.
|
||
func (s *SendBonusInput) SetReason(v string) *SendBonusInput {
|
||
s.Reason = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetUniqueRequestToken sets the UniqueRequestToken field's value.
|
||
func (s *SendBonusInput) SetUniqueRequestToken(v string) *SendBonusInput {
|
||
s.UniqueRequestToken = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetWorkerId sets the WorkerId field's value.
|
||
func (s *SendBonusInput) SetWorkerId(v string) *SendBonusInput {
|
||
s.WorkerId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type SendBonusOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s SendBonusOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s SendBonusOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type SendTestEventNotificationInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The notification specification to test. This value is identical to the value
|
||
// you would provide to the UpdateNotificationSettings operation when you establish
|
||
// the notification specification for a HIT type.
|
||
//
|
||
// Notification is a required field
|
||
Notification *NotificationSpecification `type:"structure" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// The event to simulate to test the notification specification. This event
|
||
// is included in the test message even if the notification specification does
|
||
// not include the event type. The notification specification does not filter
|
||
// out the test event.
|
||
//
|
||
// TestEventType is a required field
|
||
TestEventType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"EventType"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s SendTestEventNotificationInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s SendTestEventNotificationInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *SendTestEventNotificationInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SendTestEventNotificationInput"}
|
||
if s.Notification == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Notification"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.TestEventType == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TestEventType"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.Notification != nil {
|
||
if err := s.Notification.Validate(); err != nil {
|
||
invalidParams.AddNested("Notification", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNotification sets the Notification field's value.
|
||
func (s *SendTestEventNotificationInput) SetNotification(v *NotificationSpecification) *SendTestEventNotificationInput {
|
||
s.Notification = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetTestEventType sets the TestEventType field's value.
|
||
func (s *SendTestEventNotificationInput) SetTestEventType(v string) *SendTestEventNotificationInput {
|
||
s.TestEventType = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type SendTestEventNotificationOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s SendTestEventNotificationOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s SendTestEventNotificationOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type UpdateExpirationForHITInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The date and time at which you want the HIT to expire
|
||
//
|
||
// ExpireAt is a required field
|
||
ExpireAt *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// The HIT to update.
|
||
//
|
||
// HITId is a required field
|
||
HITId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s UpdateExpirationForHITInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s UpdateExpirationForHITInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *UpdateExpirationForHITInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateExpirationForHITInput"}
|
||
if s.ExpireAt == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ExpireAt"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.HITId == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("HITId"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.HITId != nil && len(*s.HITId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("HITId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetExpireAt sets the ExpireAt field's value.
|
||
func (s *UpdateExpirationForHITInput) SetExpireAt(v time.Time) *UpdateExpirationForHITInput {
|
||
s.ExpireAt = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetHITId sets the HITId field's value.
|
||
func (s *UpdateExpirationForHITInput) SetHITId(v string) *UpdateExpirationForHITInput {
|
||
s.HITId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type UpdateExpirationForHITOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s UpdateExpirationForHITOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s UpdateExpirationForHITOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type UpdateHITReviewStatusInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The ID of the HIT to update.
|
||
//
|
||
// HITId is a required field
|
||
HITId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// Specifies how to update the HIT status. Default is False.
|
||
//
|
||
// * Setting this to false will only transition a HIT from Reviewable to
|
||
// Reviewing
|
||
//
|
||
// * Setting this to true will only transition a HIT from Reviewing to Reviewable
|
||
Revert *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s UpdateHITReviewStatusInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s UpdateHITReviewStatusInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *UpdateHITReviewStatusInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateHITReviewStatusInput"}
|
||
if s.HITId == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("HITId"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.HITId != nil && len(*s.HITId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("HITId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetHITId sets the HITId field's value.
|
||
func (s *UpdateHITReviewStatusInput) SetHITId(v string) *UpdateHITReviewStatusInput {
|
||
s.HITId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetRevert sets the Revert field's value.
|
||
func (s *UpdateHITReviewStatusInput) SetRevert(v bool) *UpdateHITReviewStatusInput {
|
||
s.Revert = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type UpdateHITReviewStatusOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s UpdateHITReviewStatusOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s UpdateHITReviewStatusOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type UpdateHITTypeOfHITInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The HIT to update.
|
||
//
|
||
// HITId is a required field
|
||
HITId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// The ID of the new HIT type.
|
||
//
|
||
// HITTypeId is a required field
|
||
HITTypeId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s UpdateHITTypeOfHITInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s UpdateHITTypeOfHITInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *UpdateHITTypeOfHITInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateHITTypeOfHITInput"}
|
||
if s.HITId == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("HITId"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.HITId != nil && len(*s.HITId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("HITId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.HITTypeId == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("HITTypeId"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.HITTypeId != nil && len(*s.HITTypeId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("HITTypeId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetHITId sets the HITId field's value.
|
||
func (s *UpdateHITTypeOfHITInput) SetHITId(v string) *UpdateHITTypeOfHITInput {
|
||
s.HITId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetHITTypeId sets the HITTypeId field's value.
|
||
func (s *UpdateHITTypeOfHITInput) SetHITTypeId(v string) *UpdateHITTypeOfHITInput {
|
||
s.HITTypeId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type UpdateHITTypeOfHITOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s UpdateHITTypeOfHITOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s UpdateHITTypeOfHITOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type UpdateNotificationSettingsInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// Specifies whether notifications are sent for HITs of this HIT type, according
|
||
// to the notification specification. You must specify either the Notification
|
||
// parameter or the Active parameter for the call to UpdateNotificationSettings
|
||
// to succeed.
|
||
Active *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
||
|
||
// The ID of the HIT type whose notification specification is being updated.
|
||
//
|
||
// HITTypeId is a required field
|
||
HITTypeId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// The notification specification for the HIT type.
|
||
Notification *NotificationSpecification `type:"structure"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s UpdateNotificationSettingsInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s UpdateNotificationSettingsInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *UpdateNotificationSettingsInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateNotificationSettingsInput"}
|
||
if s.HITTypeId == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("HITTypeId"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.HITTypeId != nil && len(*s.HITTypeId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("HITTypeId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.Notification != nil {
|
||
if err := s.Notification.Validate(); err != nil {
|
||
invalidParams.AddNested("Notification", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetActive sets the Active field's value.
|
||
func (s *UpdateNotificationSettingsInput) SetActive(v bool) *UpdateNotificationSettingsInput {
|
||
s.Active = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetHITTypeId sets the HITTypeId field's value.
|
||
func (s *UpdateNotificationSettingsInput) SetHITTypeId(v string) *UpdateNotificationSettingsInput {
|
||
s.HITTypeId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNotification sets the Notification field's value.
|
||
func (s *UpdateNotificationSettingsInput) SetNotification(v *NotificationSpecification) *UpdateNotificationSettingsInput {
|
||
s.Notification = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type UpdateNotificationSettingsOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s UpdateNotificationSettingsOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s UpdateNotificationSettingsOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type UpdateQualificationTypeInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The answers to the Qualification test specified in the Test parameter, in
|
||
// the form of an AnswerKey data structure.
|
||
AnswerKey *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// Specifies whether requests for the Qualification type are granted immediately,
|
||
// without prompting the Worker with a Qualification test.
|
||
//
|
||
// Constraints: If the Test parameter is specified, this parameter cannot be
|
||
// true.
|
||
AutoGranted *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
||
|
||
// The Qualification value to use for automatically granted Qualifications.
|
||
// This parameter is used only if the AutoGranted parameter is true.
|
||
AutoGrantedValue *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
||
|
||
// The new description of the Qualification type.
|
||
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The ID of the Qualification type to update.
|
||
//
|
||
// QualificationTypeId is a required field
|
||
QualificationTypeId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// The new status of the Qualification type - Active | Inactive
|
||
QualificationTypeStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"QualificationTypeStatus"`
|
||
|
||
// The amount of time, in seconds, that Workers must wait after requesting a
|
||
// Qualification of the specified Qualification type before they can retry the
|
||
// Qualification request. It is not possible to disable retries for a Qualification
|
||
// type after it has been created with retries enabled. If you want to disable
|
||
// retries, you must dispose of the existing retry-enabled Qualification type
|
||
// using DisposeQualificationType and then create a new Qualification type with
|
||
// retries disabled using CreateQualificationType.
|
||
RetryDelayInSeconds *int64 `type:"long"`
|
||
|
||
// The questions for the Qualification test a Worker must answer correctly to
|
||
// obtain a Qualification of this type. If this parameter is specified, TestDurationInSeconds
|
||
// must also be specified.
|
||
//
|
||
// Constraints: Must not be longer than 65535 bytes. Must be a QuestionForm
|
||
// data structure. This parameter cannot be specified if AutoGranted is true.
|
||
//
|
||
// Constraints: None. If not specified, the Worker may request the Qualification
|
||
// without answering any questions.
|
||
Test *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The number of seconds the Worker has to complete the Qualification test,
|
||
// starting from the time the Worker requests the Qualification.
|
||
TestDurationInSeconds *int64 `type:"long"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s UpdateQualificationTypeInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s UpdateQualificationTypeInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *UpdateQualificationTypeInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateQualificationTypeInput"}
|
||
if s.QualificationTypeId == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("QualificationTypeId"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.QualificationTypeId != nil && len(*s.QualificationTypeId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("QualificationTypeId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetAnswerKey sets the AnswerKey field's value.
|
||
func (s *UpdateQualificationTypeInput) SetAnswerKey(v string) *UpdateQualificationTypeInput {
|
||
s.AnswerKey = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetAutoGranted sets the AutoGranted field's value.
|
||
func (s *UpdateQualificationTypeInput) SetAutoGranted(v bool) *UpdateQualificationTypeInput {
|
||
s.AutoGranted = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetAutoGrantedValue sets the AutoGrantedValue field's value.
|
||
func (s *UpdateQualificationTypeInput) SetAutoGrantedValue(v int64) *UpdateQualificationTypeInput {
|
||
s.AutoGrantedValue = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
||
func (s *UpdateQualificationTypeInput) SetDescription(v string) *UpdateQualificationTypeInput {
|
||
s.Description = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetQualificationTypeId sets the QualificationTypeId field's value.
|
||
func (s *UpdateQualificationTypeInput) SetQualificationTypeId(v string) *UpdateQualificationTypeInput {
|
||
s.QualificationTypeId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetQualificationTypeStatus sets the QualificationTypeStatus field's value.
|
||
func (s *UpdateQualificationTypeInput) SetQualificationTypeStatus(v string) *UpdateQualificationTypeInput {
|
||
s.QualificationTypeStatus = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetRetryDelayInSeconds sets the RetryDelayInSeconds field's value.
|
||
func (s *UpdateQualificationTypeInput) SetRetryDelayInSeconds(v int64) *UpdateQualificationTypeInput {
|
||
s.RetryDelayInSeconds = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetTest sets the Test field's value.
|
||
func (s *UpdateQualificationTypeInput) SetTest(v string) *UpdateQualificationTypeInput {
|
||
s.Test = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetTestDurationInSeconds sets the TestDurationInSeconds field's value.
|
||
func (s *UpdateQualificationTypeInput) SetTestDurationInSeconds(v int64) *UpdateQualificationTypeInput {
|
||
s.TestDurationInSeconds = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type UpdateQualificationTypeOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// Contains a QualificationType data structure.
|
||
QualificationType *QualificationType `type:"structure"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s UpdateQualificationTypeOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s UpdateQualificationTypeOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetQualificationType sets the QualificationType field's value.
|
||
func (s *UpdateQualificationTypeOutput) SetQualificationType(v *QualificationType) *UpdateQualificationTypeOutput {
|
||
s.QualificationType = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// The WorkerBlock data structure represents a Worker who has been blocked.
|
||
// It has two elements: the WorkerId and the Reason for the block.
|
||
type WorkerBlock struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// A message explaining the reason the Worker was blocked.
|
||
Reason *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The ID of the Worker who accepted the HIT.
|
||
WorkerId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s WorkerBlock) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s WorkerBlock) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetReason sets the Reason field's value.
|
||
func (s *WorkerBlock) SetReason(v string) *WorkerBlock {
|
||
s.Reason = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetWorkerId sets the WorkerId field's value.
|
||
func (s *WorkerBlock) SetWorkerId(v string) *WorkerBlock {
|
||
s.WorkerId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const (
|
||
// AssignmentStatusSubmitted is a AssignmentStatus enum value
|
||
AssignmentStatusSubmitted = "Submitted"
|
||
|
||
// AssignmentStatusApproved is a AssignmentStatus enum value
|
||
AssignmentStatusApproved = "Approved"
|
||
|
||
// AssignmentStatusRejected is a AssignmentStatus enum value
|
||
AssignmentStatusRejected = "Rejected"
|
||
)
|
||
|
||
const (
|
||
// ComparatorLessThan is a Comparator enum value
|
||
ComparatorLessThan = "LessThan"
|
||
|
||
// ComparatorLessThanOrEqualTo is a Comparator enum value
|
||
ComparatorLessThanOrEqualTo = "LessThanOrEqualTo"
|
||
|
||
// ComparatorGreaterThan is a Comparator enum value
|
||
ComparatorGreaterThan = "GreaterThan"
|
||
|
||
// ComparatorGreaterThanOrEqualTo is a Comparator enum value
|
||
ComparatorGreaterThanOrEqualTo = "GreaterThanOrEqualTo"
|
||
|
||
// ComparatorEqualTo is a Comparator enum value
|
||
ComparatorEqualTo = "EqualTo"
|
||
|
||
// ComparatorNotEqualTo is a Comparator enum value
|
||
ComparatorNotEqualTo = "NotEqualTo"
|
||
|
||
// ComparatorExists is a Comparator enum value
|
||
ComparatorExists = "Exists"
|
||
|
||
// ComparatorDoesNotExist is a Comparator enum value
|
||
ComparatorDoesNotExist = "DoesNotExist"
|
||
|
||
// ComparatorIn is a Comparator enum value
|
||
ComparatorIn = "In"
|
||
|
||
// ComparatorNotIn is a Comparator enum value
|
||
ComparatorNotIn = "NotIn"
|
||
)
|
||
|
||
const (
|
||
// EventTypeAssignmentAccepted is a EventType enum value
|
||
EventTypeAssignmentAccepted = "AssignmentAccepted"
|
||
|
||
// EventTypeAssignmentAbandoned is a EventType enum value
|
||
EventTypeAssignmentAbandoned = "AssignmentAbandoned"
|
||
|
||
// EventTypeAssignmentReturned is a EventType enum value
|
||
EventTypeAssignmentReturned = "AssignmentReturned"
|
||
|
||
// EventTypeAssignmentSubmitted is a EventType enum value
|
||
EventTypeAssignmentSubmitted = "AssignmentSubmitted"
|
||
|
||
// EventTypeAssignmentRejected is a EventType enum value
|
||
EventTypeAssignmentRejected = "AssignmentRejected"
|
||
|
||
// EventTypeAssignmentApproved is a EventType enum value
|
||
EventTypeAssignmentApproved = "AssignmentApproved"
|
||
|
||
// EventTypeHitcreated is a EventType enum value
|
||
EventTypeHitcreated = "HITCreated"
|
||
|
||
// EventTypeHitexpired is a EventType enum value
|
||
EventTypeHitexpired = "HITExpired"
|
||
|
||
// EventTypeHitreviewable is a EventType enum value
|
||
EventTypeHitreviewable = "HITReviewable"
|
||
|
||
// EventTypeHitextended is a EventType enum value
|
||
EventTypeHitextended = "HITExtended"
|
||
|
||
// EventTypeHitdisposed is a EventType enum value
|
||
EventTypeHitdisposed = "HITDisposed"
|
||
|
||
// EventTypePing is a EventType enum value
|
||
EventTypePing = "Ping"
|
||
)
|
||
|
||
const (
|
||
// HITAccessActionsAccept is a HITAccessActions enum value
|
||
HITAccessActionsAccept = "Accept"
|
||
|
||
// HITAccessActionsPreviewAndAccept is a HITAccessActions enum value
|
||
HITAccessActionsPreviewAndAccept = "PreviewAndAccept"
|
||
|
||
// HITAccessActionsDiscoverPreviewAndAccept is a HITAccessActions enum value
|
||
HITAccessActionsDiscoverPreviewAndAccept = "DiscoverPreviewAndAccept"
|
||
)
|
||
|
||
const (
|
||
// HITReviewStatusNotReviewed is a HITReviewStatus enum value
|
||
HITReviewStatusNotReviewed = "NotReviewed"
|
||
|
||
// HITReviewStatusMarkedForReview is a HITReviewStatus enum value
|
||
HITReviewStatusMarkedForReview = "MarkedForReview"
|
||
|
||
// HITReviewStatusReviewedAppropriate is a HITReviewStatus enum value
|
||
HITReviewStatusReviewedAppropriate = "ReviewedAppropriate"
|
||
|
||
// HITReviewStatusReviewedInappropriate is a HITReviewStatus enum value
|
||
HITReviewStatusReviewedInappropriate = "ReviewedInappropriate"
|
||
)
|
||
|
||
const (
|
||
// HITStatusAssignable is a HITStatus enum value
|
||
HITStatusAssignable = "Assignable"
|
||
|
||
// HITStatusUnassignable is a HITStatus enum value
|
||
HITStatusUnassignable = "Unassignable"
|
||
|
||
// HITStatusReviewable is a HITStatus enum value
|
||
HITStatusReviewable = "Reviewable"
|
||
|
||
// HITStatusReviewing is a HITStatus enum value
|
||
HITStatusReviewing = "Reviewing"
|
||
|
||
// HITStatusDisposed is a HITStatus enum value
|
||
HITStatusDisposed = "Disposed"
|
||
)
|
||
|
||
const (
|
||
// NotificationTransportEmail is a NotificationTransport enum value
|
||
NotificationTransportEmail = "Email"
|
||
|
||
// NotificationTransportSqs is a NotificationTransport enum value
|
||
NotificationTransportSqs = "SQS"
|
||
|
||
// NotificationTransportSns is a NotificationTransport enum value
|
||
NotificationTransportSns = "SNS"
|
||
)
|
||
|
||
const (
|
||
// NotifyWorkersFailureCodeSoftFailure is a NotifyWorkersFailureCode enum value
|
||
NotifyWorkersFailureCodeSoftFailure = "SoftFailure"
|
||
|
||
// NotifyWorkersFailureCodeHardFailure is a NotifyWorkersFailureCode enum value
|
||
NotifyWorkersFailureCodeHardFailure = "HardFailure"
|
||
)
|
||
|
||
const (
|
||
// QualificationStatusGranted is a QualificationStatus enum value
|
||
QualificationStatusGranted = "Granted"
|
||
|
||
// QualificationStatusRevoked is a QualificationStatus enum value
|
||
QualificationStatusRevoked = "Revoked"
|
||
)
|
||
|
||
const (
|
||
// QualificationTypeStatusActive is a QualificationTypeStatus enum value
|
||
QualificationTypeStatusActive = "Active"
|
||
|
||
// QualificationTypeStatusInactive is a QualificationTypeStatus enum value
|
||
QualificationTypeStatusInactive = "Inactive"
|
||
)
|
||
|
||
const (
|
||
// ReviewActionStatusIntended is a ReviewActionStatus enum value
|
||
ReviewActionStatusIntended = "Intended"
|
||
|
||
// ReviewActionStatusSucceeded is a ReviewActionStatus enum value
|
||
ReviewActionStatusSucceeded = "Succeeded"
|
||
|
||
// ReviewActionStatusFailed is a ReviewActionStatus enum value
|
||
ReviewActionStatusFailed = "Failed"
|
||
|
||
// ReviewActionStatusCancelled is a ReviewActionStatus enum value
|
||
ReviewActionStatusCancelled = "Cancelled"
|
||
)
|
||
|
||
const (
|
||
// ReviewPolicyLevelAssignment is a ReviewPolicyLevel enum value
|
||
ReviewPolicyLevelAssignment = "Assignment"
|
||
|
||
// ReviewPolicyLevelHit is a ReviewPolicyLevel enum value
|
||
ReviewPolicyLevelHit = "HIT"
|
||
)
|
||
|
||
const (
|
||
// ReviewableHITStatusReviewable is a ReviewableHITStatus enum value
|
||
ReviewableHITStatusReviewable = "Reviewable"
|
||
|
||
// ReviewableHITStatusReviewing is a ReviewableHITStatus enum value
|
||
ReviewableHITStatusReviewing = "Reviewing"
|
||
)
|